&EHV
          United States
          Environmental Protection
          Agency
           Industrial Environmental Research
           Laboratory
           Research Triangle Park NC 27711
EPA-600/2-79-201
November 1979
          Research and Development
Sampling and Analysis of
Reduced and Oxidized
Species in Process
Streams -
Final  Report

-------
                 RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES


Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series. These nine broad cate-
gories were established to facilitate further development and application of en-
vironmental technology. Elimination  of  traditional grouping was consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
The nine series are:

    1. Environmental Health Effects Research

    2. Environmental Protection Technology

    3. Ecological Research

    4. Environmental Monitoring

    5. Socioeconomic Environmental Studies

    6. Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports (STAR)

    7. Interagency Energy-Environment Research and Development

    8. "Special" Reports

    9. Miscellaneous Reports

This report has been assigned to the  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION TECH-
NOLOGY series. This series describes research performed to develop and dem-
onstrate instrumentation, equipment,  and methodology to repair or prevent en-
vironmental degradation from point and non-point sources of pollution. This work
provides the new or improved technology required for the control and treatment
of pollution sources to meet environmental quality standards.
                        EPA REVIEW NOTICE
This report has been reviewed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and
approved for publication. Approval does not signify that the contents necessarily
reflect the views and policy of the Agency, nor does mention of trade names or
commercial products constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.

This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

-------
                                         EPA-600/2-79-201

                                             November 1979
Sampling and Analysis of Reduced and
Oxidized Species in Process Streams -
                    Final  Report
                            by

               R.F. Maddalone, L.L. Scinto, and M.M. Yamada

                 TRW Defense and Space Systems Group
                        One Space Park
                   Redondo Beach, California 90278
                     Contract No. 68-02-2165
                         Task No. 221
                    Program Element No. INE624
                  EPA Project Officer: Frank E. Briden

               Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
             Office of Environmental Engineering and Technology
                   Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
                         Prepared for

               U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                  Office of Research and Development
                      Washington, DC 20460

-------
Figures,
                                 CONTENTS
                                                                     Paje
                                                                   ..  iv
Tables	   v
Introduction 	
                                                                        2
Executive Summary	
Major Tasks	  28
     Task!      Level 1 Manual Revision/Project Start-Up	  28
     Task 2      Limestone FGD Demo Support	   29
     Task 3      Support to Ocean Incineration	   38
     Task 5      SASS Train Level 1 Checkout	    46
     Task 7  '    Inorganic Compound Identification	    48
     Task 8      Sampling and Analysis of Reduced Inorganic
                 Compounds	   80
     Task 9      Coal Monitoring Instrumentation	   97
     Task 10     Coal Sul fur Measurements	  1 °3
     Task 12     Continuous Flow Impactor	  119
     Task 13     Understanding S03 Data	  123
     Task 14     KVB Test Support	  131
     Task 21     Test Data Model ing	  134
     Task 22     Evaluation of Dry Sorbents and Fabric Filtration
                 for FGD	  147
     Task 24     Process Measurement Symposium	  151
     Task 26     Total  Particulate Mass Emission Sampling Errors....  162
     Task 32    . Support to Level 1 Environmental Assessment Study..  165
     Task 36     Inorganic MEG Compounds and  Level 1 Assessment	  170
     Task 42     Support Services to Level 1  Environmental
                 Assessment Performance Evaluation	  173
     Task 47     Automatic Sulfur Trioxide Monitor	    176
     Task 48     Analysis Using  Ion Chromatography	    180
     Task 49     NIPSCO  Mass Emission Monitor	    187
     Task 51     EPA/TVA Limestone FGD Support	    189
     Task 53     Input  to Level  1 Manual Revision	    194
     Task 57     At-Sea  Incineration Environmental  Impact  Report...   196

                                    ii

-------
                           CONTENTS (Continued)
                                                                     Page
     Task 62     pH and Chloride Electrode Evaluation	 197
Minor Tasks	i	 203
     Task 11     Mass Emission Monitor Demonstration	 203
     Task 16     NBS Meeting	 203
     Task 28     SASS-S02 Tests	 208
     Task 29     S03 Measurement Presentation	 208
     Task 33     Denver X-Ray Meeting  	 208
     Task 44     Particulate Measurement Meeting	 210
     Task 45     SASS Train Thermal Control  Alternate	 210
     Task 46     Stepwise Arsenic  Process	 210
     Task 54     Fate of PCBs in Rollins Plant  Fire	 211
     Task 58     Workshop Presentation	 212
Reports  Issued	  213
References	  217
                                     m

-------
                                   FIGURES
                                                                     Paje_


 1.  Brink Impactor Set-Up                                            33

 2.  MRI Impactor Set-Up                                              34
                                                                      o/r
 3.  Controlled Condensation System Set-Up

 4.  Perkin Elmer KBr Pellet IR Scan of PMB-0085 Flyash               62

 5.  Perkin Elmer 521 IR Scan of PMB-0085 Flyash (5X)                 63

 6.  Sample PMB-0085 FBC Flyash                                       64

 7.  Mechanical Precipitator Flyash Spectrum                          66

 8.  Electrostatic Precipitator Flyash Spectrum                       67

 9.  Cyclone from HVSS (INLET) Flyash Spectrum                        68

10.  Filter Catch from HVSS (INLET) Flyash Spectrum                   69

11.  Calibration Curves for As^/As"1"5                                 71

12.  TGA of FBC Material (Nitrogen Atmosphere, 5°C/min)               73

13.  TGA's of  Flyash and Model Compounds                              75

14.  SASS Distribution for PH3, AsH3 and SbH3                         86

15.  SASS Distribution of Reduced Sulfur Species                      87

16.  SASS Distribution of Reduced Nitrogen Species                    88

17.  SASS Distribution of Hg, Se, and Metal  Carbonyls                 89

18.  Typical Chromatogram for Reduced Inorganic Gases Using           93
     Porapak QS

19.  Reduced Gas Evolution Apparatus                                  94

20.  Reconstructed Gas Chromatogram of the Hydrides Produced by       95
     Reduction Procedure

21.  Table of  Contents for Coal Monitoring Instrumentation Report     99

22.  Experimental Apparatus                                           125

23.  Quartz Filter Holder                                             127

24.  Symposium Meeting Program                                        153

25.  Inside View of Automatic SO., Monitor                             177

                                     iv

-------
                                    TABLES
                                                                       Page
 1.    TIE Task Expenditures by Area                                      3
 2.    Results of Waste Analysis                                         41
 3.    Experimental  Conditions                                           54
 4.    XRD Detection Limits of Inorganic Compounds of Environmental       55
      Interest
 5.    Residue "A" Tentative Identifications                             57
 6.    Residue "B" Tentative Identifications                             57
 7.    Useful IR Bands                                                   58
 8.    Infrared Bands of Some Common Nitrates (CM  )                     59
 9.    Infrared Bands of Some Common Sulfates (CM" )                     60
        +3   +5
10.    As  /As   Speciation Tests Recovery Error Results                 70
11.    PIXE vs. AAS as Procedure                                         77
12.    Industries and Processes Producing Reduced Inorganic Species       82
13.    Collection Solutions for Representative Reduced Species           90
14.    Field Test Results for Arsine                                     92
15.    Comparison of Organic Sulfur Determinations (% W/W by            105
      Difference)
16.    Comparison of Sulfur Forms Analysis Methods                      107
17.    Total Inorganic Sulfur Comparison                                108
18.    Organic Sulfur                                                   109
19.    Comparison of Inorganic Speciation Methods                       111
20.    Sulfur Forms Analysis of Liquified Coal                          113
21.    Evaluation of Solid Sorbents for SO  Sorption under Plasma       115
      Conditions
22.    Results of Flyash Tests                                          128
23.    Recommendations for Solution Preservation                        181
                                                      -Continued-

-------
                            TABLES (Continued)
                                                                     Pa^e

                                                                     104
24.   Retention Time of Various Ions Found in Wet Scrubbers

25.   Direct Comparison Between TVA and TRW Sample Analysis for
      the Lime/Limestone Wet Scrubber
                                                                     1 no
26.   Survey of FGD pH Measurements

27.   Chloride Ion Measurements

28.   Current Research in Measurements of Inorganic Species

29.   Current Research in Applications of X-Ray to Environmental     209
      and Occupational Health Analyses
                                     VI

-------
                              INTRODUCTION
     This program (EPA Contract No. 68-02-2165) was sponsored by the
Process Measurements Branch of the Industrial Environmental Research
laboratory at Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.  The original
program officer was Dr. Robert Statnick, and the current program
officer is Mr. Frank Briden.  Under this contract, TRW conducted a
program for the evaluation, development, testing and field adaptation of
measurement techniques for elemental analysis and inorganic compounds
identification in process and effluent streams.  The primary objective of
this program was to provide the measurement methodologies required for
environmental assessment and control technology development projects
related to the stationary source, energy and industrial process programs
of the EPA.  TRW was responsible for conducting both the basic development
effort and the programs necessary to apply and evaluate the application
of these and other sampling and analytical techniques on specific
engineering studies.
     Many of the tasks initiated covered short-lived or routine activities
and were not reported.  The tasks covered in this final report represent the
technical work performed under this program.  This report contains an
executive summary which describes the entire program in each of the
individual areas defined in the program scope of work.  Following this
summary are detailed reports on each of the key tasks in the program.
Descriptions and objectives of each task are discussed followed by the
technical approach, techniques used, and results applicable to each task.
Appropriate recommendations and comments are included at the end of each
task discussion.  In addition to a discussion of major tasks, a brief
synopsis of <100 hour  tasks follows the major  tasks.  A compilation
of  reports issued by task  on the program are found in Section 4.

-------
                                SECTION 1
                            EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

     The work performed on this contract can be divided into six major
work areas:
           1.  Measurement Methods Evaluation and Development
           2.  Methods Adaptation and Application Studies
           3.  Measurement and .Test Program Reviews
           4.  Sampling and Analytical Support
           5.  Preparation of Guidelines and Procedures
           6.  Conduct Symposia and Training Sessions.
     It was the original intent of the program to direct the bulk of the
work into R&D activities.  Based on areas 1 and 2 TRW spent approximately
66% of the hours in pursuit of new methods or on the evaluation and
adaptation of available methodology.
     Program work areas are shown in  Table 1 along with the tasks
performed and percentage of the hours expended for each area.  Of
particular note are tasks 7,  8, 10, 13,  47, 48 and 62 in the Measure-
ment Methods Evaluation and Development  area.  These tasks dealt
with state of the art environmental sampling and analysis methods
for oxidized (Task 7) and reduced (Task  8) inorganic species; coal
sulfur measurements (Task 10);  SOg measurements (Tasks 13 and 47);
ion chromatography (Task 48);  and process measurement of pH and Cl"
(Task 62).   The following pages will  summarize the tasks performed
in each of the six work areas.

-------
                                  TABLE 1.   TIE  TASK  EXPENDITURES BY AREA
                    Area
             Tasks
 % of Total
Expenditures
1.  Measurement Methods Evaluation and
      Development

2.  Methods Adaptation and Application
      Studies

3.  Measurement and Test Program
      Reviews

4.  Sampling and Analytical Support

5.  Preparation of Guidelines and
      Procedures

6.  Conduct of Symposia and Training
5,7,8,10,12,13,28*.46*.47,48,62
     2,11*,21,36,45*,22,49
            9,26,54


          14,32,42,51

           1,3,53,57
      *      *   *   *   *
    16 ,24,29 ,33 ,44 ,58
     60


     15


      2


     10

     10
*M1nor task, <100 hours.

-------
1.1   AREA 1;  iMEASUREMENT METHODS EVALUATION AND DEVELOPMENT

     Area 1 tasks encompassed a broad range of topics of current concern
in environmental measurement technology.  Tasks were undertaken to develop
new techniques and evaluate existing methods in the fields of inorganic
compound identification, sulfur/SO  measurement, and particulate emissions
assessment.  Seven major tasks were performed in the three indicated
fields:
     1.  Inorganic compound identification
         •  Task 7 - Inorganic Compound Identification (oxidized species)
         •  Task 8 - Sampling and Analysis of Reduced Inorganic Compounds
     2.  Sulfur/SO  measurement
                  A
         •  Task 10 - Coal Sulfur Measurements
         t  Task 13 - Understanding SOgData
         t  Task 47 - Automatic Sulfur Trioxide Monitor
     3.  Particulate emissions assessment
         •  Task 5 - SASS Train Level 1 Checkout
         •  Task 12 - Continuous Flow Impactor
     4.  Process Measurement Development
         •  Task 48 - Analysis Using Ion Chromatography
         §  Task 62 - pH and Chloride Electrode Evaluation
In addition, two minor (<100 hours) tasks were performed:
         •  Task 28 - SASS-S02 Tests
         •  Task 46 - Stepwise Arsenic Process

1.1.1  Major Task Summaries for Area 1
Task..7. - Inorganic Compound Identification--
     Task 7 involved one of the most extensive efforts in  the  program.   It
was devoted to the study of measurement procedures  for inorganic  compounds,
While  this task was broad in its nature, its main goal was  to  advance  the
                                     4

-------
state of the art for identifying specific inorganic compounds 1n samples
of environmental interest.   In this first year of work several subtask
areas were investigated:
     •   Literature review - references on compound Identification for
         specific elements (e.g. As, Se, Sb, Hg, Cd, and Zn) were compiled.
     •   X-ray  diffraction - determination of the sensitivity of specific
         compounds in  an environmental matrix were made.
     •   Infrared analysis - references on IR and FTIR were compiled and
         a comparison  of the two methods made.
     •   Selective reduction of As  /As*  - a chemical approach to the
                                  +3   +5
         selective reduction of As  /As   in aqueous environmental samples
         was Investigated.
     •   Mass thermal  analysis - studies were initiated to determine if
         volatile inorganic  compounds could be thermally desorbed from the
         surface of collected  particulate matter.
     •   Special studies - potentially useful new analytical methods and
         procedures were cursorily studied.
     In addition to these specific areas of research conducted under this
 task,  TRW  has supported EPA/IERL programs in the area of advanced inorganic
 analysis.   In this role, TRW was charged with design, testing and application
 of advanced  analysis schemes for the determination of compounds from process
 streams including FBC  bed materials and combustion source emission streams.
 As  an  end  result TRW developed a comprehensive inorganic compound identific-
 ation  scheme, which has been detailed in a technical manual for inorganic
 compound identification.
     The major  accomplishments and conclusions in each of the six subtask
 areas  are  discussed in the sections below.
 Literature Survey — The literature  survey  compiled and  organized over 300
•journal  articles on a wide range of  topics.   Computer  searches for analysis
 methods  for the elements arsenic, barium, beryllium, boron, cadmium,
 chlorine, copper, fluoride, lead, manganese,  mercury,  nickel, selenium,
 tin, vanadium, and zinc were completed.  This literature is currently
 filed by method at TRW.  This file was constantly  updated during the

-------
course of the contract.


X-Ray Diffraction Studies — The main goal for X-ray diffraction studies
performed at TRW was to investigate the analytical  capability of a  typical
commercial X-ray diffractometer to detect small  amounts  (1-10%)  of  various
materials of environmental interest.  Performance of an  XRD  unit.was
evaluated by tests on laboratory and field samples.
     X-ray diffraction technique is a relatively simple  analytical  tool
widely used for qualitative and quantitative identification  of various
crystalline compounds present in a amorphous matrix.  However, the
sensitivity of the X-ray diffraction method is inferior  to other methods,
and the sensitivity may vary depending on the compound under study  and  the
matrix.  Sensitivity tests were therefore run on laboratory  samples of
pure compounds in an amorphous matrix.  Detection limits for numerous
inorganic oxides and sulfates were determined from  the results of these
sensitivity tests.  Since sample handling procedures may also affect
analytical results, alternate techniques  for this procedure  were tested.
     XRD analyses of industrial  samples of FBC fly  ash and thermally/chemically
treated coal char identified many constituents of these  materials successfully.
However, because of the overlap of several  compounds, unambiguous identi-
fication of all  spectral lines was not possible.  In particular, it was
found that the Na2C03 spectra did not correspond to the  literature  values
and hence, identification of it within the samples  was impossible.   This
particular result was nonetheless expected from work by  other investigators.
     In general,, results showed that XRD  analysis of environmental  samples
is possible, but that problem areas still exist.  Sample mounting methods
need to be developed to either analyze material  impacted directly on  glass
fiber filter without sample modification.  One possible  technique is  to
use Freon as the solvent and ultrasonic cleaner to break-up the filter.
Filtration or density gradiant separation could be used  to remove the glass
fibers.
     Low sensitivity of XRD compared to other methods of analysis remains
a problem.  Methods to improve the sensitivity of the XRD technique
include use of more sophisticated equipment or computer averaging
                                     6

-------
techniques.  The latter method should be further studied.
Infrared Spectroscopy Studies — In the total compound analysis scheme,
infrared analysis can potentially identify anions present in the sample
and determine the compound containing the anion.
     Technical problems that must be addressed include effect and control
of moisture content in the sample.  It is expected that the samples will
have to be dried to a constant water content to simplify the analysis
problem.  In preparing samples that contain reactive materials such as
bisulfates for IR analysis, KBr should not be used due to possible anion
exchange reactions.
     A series of IR spectra were obtained for five different flyash
samples.  These samples were analyzed by conventional IR and FTIR in the
mid-IR region.  While further work will be needed to identify the bands,  the
high quality of the spectra and the obvious changes in the position and
strengths of various bands shown in the FTIR spectra clearly indicates the
utility of  FTIR over conventional IR in recognizing changes occurring
in the sample.  Also, the ability of the FTIR to subtract background
spectra can be used to remove unwanted materials.  While 40 scans were
averaged in this test, 400 or 4000 scans could have been made to improve
sensitivity.

Work should be continued on IR to:
     •   Study the effects of sample conditioning*on the structure of the
         compounds.  Work is needed to "normalize" samples so that spectral
         shifts due to hydration, crystalline form or sample matrix do not
         occur or are identified.
     •   Study the direct analysis of material  impacted on glass filter to
         see  if this information can be used to  supplement direct  XRD
         analysis.
     •   Study the subtraction capability of FTIR to establish  guidelines
         on subtraction  procedures for complex mixtures.  The goal  is  to
         subtract different samples from each other  to emphasize differences
         in the samples, such as particulate matter  collected at the  inlet

-------
or outlet of an FGD.
                                                                       i O   ^.C
As*3/As*5 Speciation - A procecure was tested to selectively reduce As  /As
in aqueous environmental samples to permit separate analysis of each species.
A comprehensive test matrix was run to quantify sample recovery and analytical
errors in the procedure.  Samples containing As+3 and As  ,  both separately
and combined, were analyzed using several different reaction chemistries.
     Results showed a favorable accuracy and recovery for As  ; however,
recovery of As+5 was low.  Further work is necessary to find the cause of
this low As   recovery.

Mass Thermal Analysis — A proposed method to analyze for possible thermal
desorption of volatile inorganic compounds from the surface  of collected
particulate matter using TGA/MS was tested.
     It was concluded that this technique is useful in determining the
gross thermal characteristics of a sample.  For example, a TGA run could
provide information as to the amount of moisture in a sample, likely
decomposition temperatures of the mixture components, and overall thermal
stability.  This type of information could be of value in selecting a drying
cycle for a mixture prior to analysis.  However, determination of small
quantities  (<1%) of materials does not appear to be very promising unless
reproducible results can be obtained from a known mixture.  This was not
the case for the FBC material.

Special Studies —  Proton induced X-ray emission (PIXE), SEM-EDX, and
Electron Microprobe analyses were evaluated as new and potentially important
analytical  tools in environmental measurement.  Specific advantages and
limitations for each method were identified.  PIXE was found to  be useful
on some sample types, but would be of limited use as a general analytical
tool without extensive modification.  SEM-EDX was found  to  be  adequate for
high resolution morphology studies of environmental  particles.   Techniques
which warrant further study for their use in elemental depth profiling
include Scanning Auger Microanalysis  (SAM), ESCA,  and  SIMS.

-------
Task 8 - Sampling and Analysis of Reduced Inorganic Compounds—
     The objective of Task 8 was to develop a sampling and analytical
system to determine the emission rate of specific reduced inorganic compounds.
The list of reduced compounds included metal hydrides, elements, and non-
metal hydrides.  The overall goal was a sampling and analysis accuracy of
+ 25 percent and a precision of ± 30 percent.

     Results in several subtask areas are summarized below.
     •   Literature survey - The survey suggested a general lack of material
         on compound identification for reduced Inorganic materials.  In
         a few cases, the literature gave specific examples or suggested
         methods of analysis.  These references and methods were given in
         the final report.
     •   Laboratory testing - Methods for generation of volatile metal
         hydrides were tested.  These production methods have been
         established as quantitative and are the first step in evaluating
         a sampling and analysis procedure.  The details of the procedure
         together with current analysis data have been reported in detail
         in monthly progress reports.
     •   Field testing - The SASS train was tested for its suitability for
         sampling reactive inorganic species for subsequent compound
         identification.  Sampling for solid inorganic species from
         particulate material may be possible using the SASS, however,
         reduced inorganic gases will either be lost or chemically modified
         due to .their inherent susceptibility to oxidation.

Task 10 - Coal Sulfur Measurements--
     A need existed for a more accurate procedure for analysis of organic
sulfur in coal.  As part of Task 10, TRW proposed two entirely new  coal
organic sulfur analysis procedures, both based on the selective removal  of
organic sulfur species present in coal via  selective oxidation in an
oxygen plasma instrument.  The first procedure entailed the determination
of organic sulfur by difference  between two highly accurate and precise
BaS04 gravimetric procedures:  one performed on the starting  coal and one

                                     9

-------
performed on the resultant ash from an oxygen plasma decomposition o
coal matrix.  The second procedure is the direct determination of organic
sulfur by collection of S02/S03 on solid sorbents placed  in the outlet line
from the plasma asher.
     Organic sulfur analyses using the indirect gravimetric procedure were
compared with results obtained on aliquots of the same coals using standard
ASTM D2492 procedures with pyritic sulfur being determined using both the
alternate atomic absorption (AA) technique and the standard titrimetric
procedure.  The results showed that both the plasma ashing and the ASTM-AA
procedures gave consistent results, while the ASTM titrimetric procedure
gave widely discrepant results that tended to be significantly low for
untreated Appalachian coals.  Thus, in reference to evaluation of coal
cleaning  processes,  it appears that the ASTM procedure gave results that
were virtually  independnet of the past history of the coal.
     The direct organic sulfur analysis technique via sorbent trapping of
evolved SOV species during plasma ashing was shown to be  a viable technique.
          A
Not only could this technique be used for organic sulfur  but the concept
could be expanded to include other organically bound species such as I, Cl,
and nitrogen.  However, the physical limitations of currently available
plasma ashing systems are incompatible with the proposed  technique.  This
is an engineering problem and could be solved by redesigning currently
available ashing chambers.
Task 13 - Understanding SOj Data--
     The objective of this task was to develop a stack sampling procedure
for the measurement of the mass emission rate of sulfuric acid within a
precision of +10% but not to exceed +20%.  Subtasks were  devoted to the
selection and testing (laboratory and field) of the HoSO. sampling train.
     Sampling and analysis systems were evaluated on the  criteria of
selectivity, sensitivity, accuracy, precision, ease of operation, and
reliability.  The controlled condensation system (CCS) developed by
Goksoyr and Ross was selected for additional study over the selective
absorption system which is the basis of EPA Method 8.
Laboratory and field tests showed that:
     •  The accuracy of the CCS, both in the laboratory and in  the  field,
        was acceptable.
                                    10

-------
     •  No  significant oxidation of  S02 occurred on  the  filter  to  the  CCS.
     •  Coal  fly ash on  the  filter did not catalyze  S02  oxidation  in the
        CCS,  but did reduce  the amount of HgSO, collected.
     •  The coefficient  of variance  of the HoS04 output  at the  coal-fired
        utility tested was estimated to be +B5/L  This high  CV$ implies
        that  to obtain a good  average ^SCty  value from this  type of source,
        it  will be  necessary to take a large number  of samples  spread  out
        over  a period of days.
                                                         /
Task 47 - Automatic Sulfuric Acid monitor --
     The objectives of this task were to design, construct,  and  test  an
automatic sulfur trioxide monitor based on the Goksoyr-Ross  coil capable
of providing reasonably accurate measurements (+20%)  of sulfuric acid
concentration in process streams.
     The unit was designed to be sturdy and easy to  operate  in the  field,
with the capability to operate unattended for continuous  periods on the
order of 24 hours.   Provisions to easily modify the  unit  were part  of the
design.
     A field test unit was constructed and laboratory tests  completed.
The unit operated continuously for 11 hours and its  results  compared
favorably with manual CCS measurements that were made.
Task 5 - SASS Train Level 1 Checkout—

     The performance of  one  of the first SASS trains was evaluated during
tests conducted on  board the incinerator ship M/T Vulcanus.   Results  of
these tests were used to evaluate analytical procedures  set  forth in the
first IERL-RTP Level 1 manual.
     Problem  areas  for further study under other tasks and contracts were
identified  in Task  5.  These solution-oriented  studies,  conducted after
completion  of Task  5, eventually led to refinements  of the Level 1
procedures  such as  the quartz-lined  Parr bomb method.  These refinements
have all been addressed  and  the resulting recommended Level  1 modifications
assembled as  TRW's  input to  the Level 1 revisions under  Task 5.
                                     11

-------
Task 12 - Continuous Flow Impactor—

     Task 12 was a pioneering effort to develop a continuous flow impactor
based on a concept first suggested by TRW.   The purpose of the task was to
determine the feasibility of an impactor in which the collection "surface" is
the interface between two opposing jets.
     A test unit was designed, constructed, and laboratory tested.   Basic
proof-of-principie tests on the unit were successful, demonstrating a tech-
nically viable and field acceptable hardware concept.  Performance of
the unit is expected to be comparable to presently available staged impactors.
     Refinements to the prototype unit were investigated,  with the following
results:
     •  Preliminary design studies indicate that a staged  impactor can easily
        be integrated into a sampling probe to perform in-situ particulate
        size distribution measurements.
     t  Feasibility of a simple optical system compatible  with the in-situ
        sampling hardware was shown analytically.
     •  The continuous flow impactor has a potentially greater accuracy
        capability than standard impactors since it inherently avoids the
        traditional problems of particulate bounce and reentrainment.
     Potential applications for the continuous flow impactor include control
device evaluation, continuous monitoring of particulate emissions for reg-
ulatory purposes, and collection of particles in an inert  atmosphere to
quench chemical reactions.  Based on the results of this task, further testing
of the laboratory unit and the proposed optical system is  recommended.
Subsequently, development of a field-worthy instrument should be undertaken.
                                 *
Task 48 - Analysis Using Ion Chromatography—

     This task involved the development of an analytical scheme using ion
Chromatography to determine specific ions in lime/limestone wet scrubbers
and in dual-alkali process streams.  Working with synthetic mixtures and
actual samples from the Tennessee Valley Authority Shawnee Test Facility
at Paducah, Kentucky, TRW staff developed procedures for 1) sample
collection; 2) sample preservation; and 3) the separation  of solutions,
slurries, solids and solubles in cake.  The accuracy and precision of

                                     12

-------
 this  new analytical  scheme was shown and a detailed analytical  procedures
 manual  was written.   Methods for the qualitative and quantitative
 analysis of sodium,  potassium, magnesium, calcium,  chloride,  total
 oxidizable sulfur,  sulfate, sulfur,  nitrate,  carbonate and hydroxide
 were  emphasized.
Task 62 - pH and Chloride Sensitive Electrodes —

      This task was an outgrowth of a symposium attended by representatives
 of the EPA, TRW,  TVA and the University of Cincinnati.  One of the  concerns
 expressed was the applicability of chloride and pH electrodes in automated
 systems controlling aspects of flue gas desulfurization units operations.
 An initial survey of 8 utilities showed chloride measurements were  of
 interest only where high concentrations were found.  On the other hand,  all
 facilities relied on pH measurements to monitor the operation of the FGD.
      The second part in this task was an evaluation of the performance of
 self-cleaning electrode and a standard pH electrode.  Comparing these two
 with one  another, as well  as with a laboratory pH electrode and meter setup,
 revealed the following:
      •  The accuracy and precision of the self-cleaning and standard type
         electrode.
      9  Scaling was a confirmed maintenance problem with the standard type
         electrode.
      •  Clogging of the screen surrounding the electrode was a maintenance
         problem with the self-cleaning electrode used in slurry streams.
      •  For continuous periods of operation greater than two weeks  in
         slurry streams, the self-cleaning electrode required slightly
         less maintenance.

1.1.2  Minor Task Summaries
      Two  tasks in Area  1,  Measurement  Methods  Evaluation  and Development,
 required  less than  100  hours  for completion.   The  first,  Task  28 (SASS-S02
 Tests)  was an investigation to  determine if  the  SASS  train condensation
 modules could be  used  to  collect HgSO,  while avoiding a large  positive
 error  due to SOp  oxidation in either gas or  liquid phases.   Oxidation of
 sulfur species in the  SASS train was quantified, the  results  indicating that
 use  of the SASS  train  to  measure H^SO*  was not appropriate.

                                     13

-------
     Task 46 (Stepwise Arsenic Process)  evaluated the proposed Level 1
arsenic procedure based on atomic  absorption  spectrometry in terms of its
accuracy, precision, percentage recovery and  efficiency of usage.  The
results of the task identified the most  reliable techniques of analysis and
quantified the level of accuracy and  precision  which could be expected
from the proposed procedure.

1.2  AREA 2:  METHODS ADAPTATION AND  APPLICATION STUDIES

     Tasks in Area 2 were designed to investigate new applications for exist-
ing methods in process stream sampling and  analysis.   New applications for
both hardware and software were developed and tested.   Applications included
process measurements at two FGD facilities, computer modeling of test
data, prediction of the utility of Level 1  methods in assessing MATE levels
of inorganic MEG compounds, and flow  measurement evaluation studies.
Five major tasks were performed:
     •  Task 2  - Limestone FGD Demo  Support
     •  Task 21 - Test Data Modeling
     •  Task 22 - Evaluation of Dry Sorbents  and Fabric Filtration for FGD
     •  Task 36 - Inorganic MEG Compounds and Level  1  Assessment
     •  Task 49 - NIPSCO Mass Emission Monitor
1.2.1  Major Task Summaries
Task 2 - Limestone FGD Demo Support--
     Methods of. sizing dry aerosols and  measuring SOo were applied to
characterizing influent and effluent  gas streams from a Flue Gas Desulfuri-
zation (FGD) unit.  The sizing method for the dry particulate matter enter-
ing the FGD process was selected by the  EPA to  be a manual technique
utilizing a Brink Impactor.  A manual system  for the FGD process effluent
stream was chosen on the basis of a literature  survey, contacts with
experts in the field, and an evaluation  of  available information.  The
method chosen was the Meterology Research,  Inc. Cascade Impactor used out
of stack.  Finally, a method for S03  (H2S04 vapor) was developed based on
                                   14

-------
the Controlled Condensation (Goksoyr/Ross) method and was successfully
tested under laboratory conditions.  In addition to these method adapta-
tion and application areas, on-site training and support were provided by
TRW personnel and a procedures document for FGD process measurements was
prepared.

     Quality assurance  activities  under Task 2 were extensive.   In the
procedures  document describing the aerosol sizing and S03 sampling pro-
cedures,  information was  provided  on 1) equipment care and usage; 2) guide-
lines  for laboratory techniques; 3) specific critical area checklists for
each procedure;  4) data interpretation aids to monitor the quality of the
results  achieved;  5) specific maintenance and calibration schedules; and
6)  troubleshooting and  repair schemes.
     In  addition to this  documented quality assurance activity,  an on-site
training session was given to train the TVA personnel on the use of all
the equipment  and  procedures.  Throughout the program, senior TRW personnel
were available for consultation over the  phone or for troubleshooting in
the field.
     Based  on  the  Task  2  work, it  was  recommended that:
     •  Continued  on-site and verbal assistance be provided to the Shawnee
         Test Facility  in  the area  of trace element sampling and  analysis.
     •  Support  be given  to improve process measurement at the FGD units.
             control  strategies be developed based  on  improved process
             urement  of such species  as  S0.~, SO.,  ,  Ca+2, and Mg+2.
        New
        measurement
                                        J4
Task 21 - Test Data Model ing—
     The objective of this task was to develop test (computer) models which
permit a chemist to evaluate, a priori, and the variation in his test
results using assumptions based on his experience.
     The computer program developed answered the following.questions:
     •  A chemist will take either 2 or 3 samples (replications) for a
        particular test.  What kind of results can be expected?  To evaluate
        the results the analyst can input either a + range or the actual
        a along with the nominals.
                                     15

-------
     •  A chemist has three populations of known mean and standard de-
        viation (or +_ percent range) values.  What are the mean and
        standard deviation values of a new population defined as sums_
        of three samples, one from each of the three original populations?

     •  A chemist again has three populations of known mean and standard
        deviation (or + percent range) values.  The populations are now
        comprised of the original unknown (or summation) population and
        any two of the three originally known populations which define
        the summation population.  What are the mean and standard de-
        viation values of the remaining third original population
        (presently unknown)?

Task 22 - Evaluation of Dry Sdrbents arid Fabric Filtration for FGD--

     This study, which was an extension of preliminary work on the dry sor-

bent baghouse FGD concept done in 1976, encompassed six aspects of fabric

filtration with simultaneous SCL removal by dry sorbents:

     1)  Calculation of the cost of a baghouse and the associated sorbent
         system.

     2)  Calculation of the cost of the disposal  options.

     3)  Estimation of the sorbent cost, including mining cost for nahcolite,
         cost of trona and a sensitivity study of cost versus quantity.

     4)  Sensitivity studies of operating costs and annualized costs
         versus such parameters and assumptions as sulfur content and
         boiler size.

     5)  Recommendations for parameters and ranges to use in a test program.

     6)  Feasibility of using Mag-Ox as a sorbent.

     The cost  estimates conformed to the methods and terminology used in the

 TVA FGD Process Cost  Study  (completed  in 1974 and revised in 1976).

 Task 36 -  Inorganic MEG Compounds and  Level 1 Assessment--

     This  task was  initiated  to  theoretically predict:

      •  If Level  1  Environmental Assessment is capable of detecting the
         inorganic Multimedia  Environmental Goal  (MEG) compounds and
         elements at their  Estimated Permissible  Concentrations (EPC).*

      •  Where in the Source Assessment Sampling  System each  inorganic
         compound and element is likely to  be  found.
 *The original task effort was redirected to substitute Maximum Acute Toxicify
  Effluent  (MATE) levels for EPCs.
                                   16

-------
     •  What MEG compounds, elements and valence states can be predicted
        in Level 1 aqueous samples.
     t  The nature of difficulty in detecting MEG compounds at EPC levels
        by  non-Level 1" techniques.
Organometallic MEG compounds were not included in this study.

     After analyzing the capability of Level 1 to detect MEG compounds and
elements, actual Level  1 data were assessed to compare values obtained and
limits of detection with MATE Levels  (EPCs).
     Conclusions arising from the Task 36 effort were:
     §  The Level  1 Environmental Assessment protocol is capable of de-
        tecting most MEG elements at  the concentration levels imposed by
        the EPC X  100 criteria.
     •  Beryllium  at the EPC X 100 level of interest is theoretically not
        detectable by current Level 1 techniques.
     •  Arsenic, selenium, thallium,  chromium, silver, lithium, antimony
        and cadmium are theoretically not detectable at the EPC X 100
        level  of  interest  in some of  the SASS components.
     a  Detectability problems have not yet been encountered for MEG
        elements at coal-and oil-fired systems sampled.
     •  In water samples,  beryllium and arsenic at EPC X 100 levels of
        interest are not detectable by current Level 1 techniques.
Task 49 - Mass Emissions Monitor Demonstration—
     In this  task, hardware and methodology for continuous high and accuracy
flow and gas  composition measurements in large stationary source stacks
and ducts were to  be demonstrated.  Prior work sponsored by the EPA had pro-
duced a multiple point  gas sampling probe which showed potential for great-
ly enhanced accuracy over  single point continuous sampling techniques
without a substantial cost or maintenance  impact.  Agreement was reached
with the NIPSCO power plant in Gary,  Indiana to test a new wet scrubber
and to even use Dieterich  Standard Annubars, a multiple point pilot
tube probe already installed in the stack  for volumetric flow measure-
ments.  The field  effort was severely hampered by scrubber downtime
or by sampling system downtime.  Limited data did reveal significant
compositional  stratification at the test site,

                                   17

-------
 1.2.2  Minor Task Summaries
     Two minor  (<100 hour) tasks were performed under Area 2, Methods
 Adaptation and  Application Studies.  In Task 11 (Mass Emission Monitor
 Demo), an industrial site was selected to demonstrate the application
 of  continuous flow measurements, gas sampling hardware, and methodologies.

      From a thermodynamic analysis of the SASS train thermal control system,
 a design and cost estimate for an alternate system was developed, as part
 of  Task 45  (SASS Train Thermal Control Alternate).
 1.3  AREA 3:  MEASUREMENT AND TEST PROGRAM REVIEWS
     Area 3 task objectives were to assess the validity and accuracy of
measurement methods in environmental sampling and analysis technology.
Critical reviews were made of existing methods for measuring coal mass
flow, composition and total mass emissions from stationary sources, and
the fate of PCBs at a plant fire.  Two major tasks were performed:
     •  Task 9 - Coal Monitoring Instrumentation
     t  Task 26 - Total Particulate Mass Emission Sampling Errors


 1.3.1   Major Task Summaries
Task 9 - Coal  Monitoring Instrumentation--
     The purpose of the task was to investigate the state of the art for
continuous coal mass flow and composition measurements, both to determine
current capabilities, and to investigate the need for EPA involvement in
research and development efforts.  The types of flow investigated were dry
coal flow (typically on a belt) and wet coal slurry flow.  Composition-
type measurements are performed on small samples (few grams) with laboratory
instruments and on dry slipstreams with various instruments currently under
development.   Measurement in slurries is presently limited to only slurry
density.
                                    18

-------
     Based on the results of a literature search, vendor and user contacts,

and a field trip, information was obtained on coal measurement instrumenta-

tion, both available and under development.  Information compiled along with

user data was then used to compare the various instruments.  Additional

calculations and analyses were performed by TRW to determine system limita-

tions and errors.  A final report, in the form of a technical manual, was
prepared.

     Some of the major conclusions of Task 9 were:

     •  Weight belt devices, either electromechanical or nuclear, and
        electromagnetic flow meters (typically coupled with nuclear density
        gages) are the most used devices for dry coal flow measurement and
        wet coal slurry flow measurement, respectively", and will be
        acceptable for most situations.

     •  Development of neutron activation instruments is proceeding well,
        with a sulfur meter expected as a production item within the next
        few years.  Hopefully, this will be followed by modified versions
        capable of determining moisture and heating value.  Neutron acti-
        vation devices are of particular interest because they hold the
        promise of sampling entire coal streams, thus eliminating the
        major problem with present equipment - that of obtaining a re-
        presentative sample of small quantity.

     •  The most reasonable area for IERL investigation in the near future
        is how to make the best uses of available and soon-to-be-avail able
        instrumentation to control the operation of stationary sources.
        Such control could minimize pollutant emissions through direct
        combustion control and/or optimizing operation of devices such as
        wet scrubbers.  The greatest ultimate value of coal monitoring
        instruments is not as monitoring sensors, but as components in an
        active control system, either on sources of direct coal combustion,
        or in coal cleaning plants.

Task 26 - Total Particulate Mass Emission Sampling Errors--

     The task objective was to determine the accuracy of particulate mass
emissions as determined by techniques in "IERL-RTP Procedures Manual:

Level 1 Environmental Assessment."

     A standard error analysis was performed based on the assumption of a

fully entrained particle model with a factor to allow for gas-particle slip.

Error equations were derived, and individual error terms were evaluated

using instrument characteristics, typical source characteristics, and

methodology details.

                                    19

-------
     The major conclusion of the Task 26 study was that the SASS train and

Method 1 procedures are sufficiently accurate as Level 1 methods.  Addi-

tional conclusions were:

     •  A SASS train operated in accordance with "IERL-RTP Procedures
        Manual:  Level 1 Environmental Assessment" sampling at a single
        point will have a sampling accuracy of a factor of +2 or better
        in most locations such as stacks or control device inlets.  Under
        worst case conditions, such as at an ESP outlet, it will have an
        accuracy of about a factor of +3, due to stratification.

     •  In single point sampling, the mapping error (non-representativeness
        of the selected point) will be the largest individual error in the
        system.  By using a 16-point traverse rather than sampling at
        a single point, stratification errors are minimized.   Using this
        method, sampling accuracy of the SASS train could be improved
        to about +25 percent.

     •  Additional stratification data should be obtained at  sites such as
        full-scale, coal-fired power plants for important locations:   control
        device inlets, control device outlets, and stacks.   Such data should
        be used for the development of single point sampling  methodology.

     t  Results suggest that for hardware of a given accuracy,  there will
        exist specific procedures to optimize system performance (achieve
        close to maximum accuracy while minimizing manpower requirements
        and sampling times).  Work should be continued to prepare an IERL-
        RTP Procedures Manual in this area.

1.3.2  Minor Task Summaries

     One minor (<100 hours)  task was performed in Area 3, Measurement and

Test Program Reviews.   In Task 54, Fate of PCBs in Rollins Plant Fire, the

objective was to investigate the fate of polychlorinated biphenyl compounds

(PCBs) that were stored in a tank farm on a chemical disposal site when a

disastrous fire occurred in December, 1977.  The primary question was what

new environmentally hazardous products may have been formed under the

conditions existing at the time of the accident.

     This study concluded that under certain conditions polychlorinated

biphenyl  compounds may serve as precursors for the formation of other environ-

mentally undesirable compounds.  The most probable class of compounds

formed are dibenzofurans.   the reaction pathways to these compounds seemed
to be favorable under oxygen deficient combustion conditions and low

temperature.   Conversely,  it seems improbable that dibenzo-p-dioxins are


                                   20

-------
formed under similar conditions.  If dibenzo-p-dioxins were to be formed,
they would come from the dibenzofurans that are initially generated from
the PCBs.  Formation of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) is possible
via pyrolysis of PCBs in oxygen deficient conditions that could have exist-
ed in the Rollins fire.

1.4  AREA 4:  SAMPLING AND ANALYTICAL SUPPORT
      TRW provided various kinds of support to several  Level  1 assessment
 activities by other contractors under three major Area 4  tasks.  TRW pro-
 vided on-site sampling/analysis assistance, laboratory analysis of split
 samples, consulting services, quality assurance and logistical support.
 The following specific tasks were completed:
      §  Task 14 - KVB Test Support
      •  Task 32 - Support to Level 1  Environmental  Assessment Study (Radian)
      •  Task 42 - Support Services to Level 1 Environmental  Assessment
         Performance Evaluation
      •  Task 51 - EPA/TVA Limestone FGD Support
 1.4.1  Major Task Summaries
 Task 14 - KVB Test Support—
      TRW supported KVB Engineering in a Level 1 sampling  effort on an
 experimental coal-fired boiler at KVB's Tustin, California  facility.  TRW
 services were required for:
      •  Determining the adequacy of the sampling test  as  a  Level 1
         Environmental Assessment in accordance with the draft copy of the
         Level 1 Procedures Manual.
      •  Answering any questions from KVB which might arise  concerning the
         requirements on the draft IERL procedures manual.
      t  Analyzing samples in accordance with the Level 1  procedures in
         parallel with KVB's analytical subcontractor,  Calspan.
      The emphasis in the use of the data generated under  this task was  on
 the mass balance.  In this regard, the SASS was an effective unit perform-
                                    21

-------
ing well  within  the  Level  1  error limits  of a factor of 2-3.   The cumulative
percentage differences  between  the SSMS values and the special case analyses
values for total  quantities  trapped in the SASS train, and for the theo-
retical ideals for baghouse  and coal  feed, all showed excellent repro-
ducibility in terms  of  precision.   The SSMS technique proved more re-
liable than AA or colorimetry for As, Hg  and Sb because of the lower de-
tection limits for SSMS.

Task 32 - Support to Level 1 Environmental Assessment Study--
     TRW was assigned by PMB to assist, advise, and instruct Radian
Corporation in conducting a  Level 1 Environmental  Assessment (EA) of a
low BTU coal gasification pilot plant at  the Holston Army Ammunition
Arsenal.  Under this task, TRW provided  instruction to Radian personnel
on Level 1 procedures,  on-site sampling and analysis support, and basic
quality assurance and consulting services.  In addition to merely con-
sulting, TRW used its involvement in this task to  contribute to the over-
all development of Level 1 methodology.
     Task 32 was important in that it provided a necessary evaluation
mechanism for the Level 1 EA protocol as  applied to a source of un-
usually high organic content.  Invaluable experience was gained in this
teamed effort, which provided an excellent blend of sampling and analyti-
cal expertise.  Future teaming activities are strongly recommended.
Task 42 - Support Services to Level 1 Environmental Assessment Per-
          formance Evaluation--
     Task 42 was part of TRW's participation with  RTI, ADL, Radian, and
SoRI in collaborative testing to define  the precision of the SASS and the
Level 1 analysis procedures.
     The overall project was divided into two phases.  Phase I  field
sampling, assessed SASS performance and  Level 1 field analysis procedures
at an aluminum smelter.  Phase II efforts were directed at the Level  1
laboratory analysis procedures.  TRW assisted in Phase I with logistical
and manpower support for the on-slte sampling effort (including pre-
test site survey), and  in Phase II with  analytical laboratory support
                                   22

-------
     Although remarkable progress has been made toward defining the details
of the Level 1 procedures  in the relatively  short period of time since they
were first published, considerable ambiguities remain which can lead to
differences  in the  interpretation of the  procedures.  That such differences
exist was evident in both  phases of the effort.  The seriousness of these
potential interpretive  differences will hopefully be addressed in RTI's
summation of this collaborative testing.
Task 51  - EPA/TVA Limestone  FGD Support--
     This task involved providing support to process measurement activities
at the  EPA Shawnee  Wet  Limestone Test Facility in Paducah, Kentucky.  Five
major concerns have been investigated:  recommending particle sizing
and trace elements  analysis  approaches; reviewing and recommending
sampling techniques and analysis methods  for trace  elements and compounds;
recommending sampling  procedures to  identify sulfur forms; evaluating
the feasibility  of  sampling  liquid aerosols  at a mist eliminator; and
developing automated methods to measure scrubber process stream para-
meters, thereby improving control of  the scrubber operation.  Each
problem was  addressed  either at a briefing or in a  research report.


1.5  AREA 5: PREPARATION  OF GUIDELINES AND  PROCEDURES


     TRW efforts in Area 5 have involved  parallel efforts in the pre-
paration and revision of the EPA publication "IERL-RTP Procedures
Manual:  Level 1 Environmental Assessment" and in the development and
evaluation of Level  1 analytical procedures.  The following major
tasks were grouped  under Area  5, although guidelines and procedures were
prepared to  some extent under  many other  tasks.
     •   Task 1 - Level  1 Manual Revision/Project Start-Up
     •   Task 3 - Support to  Ocean Incineration
     •   Task 53  - Input to Level 1 Manual Revision
     •   Task 57  - At-Sea Incineration Environmental Impact Statement
                                    23

-------
 1.5.1  Major Task Summaries
 Task  1 -  Level  1 Manual Revision/Project Start-Up—
      The  objective of this task was to incorporate review comments on
 the draft manual:  "IERL-RTP Procedures Manual Level 1 Environmental
 Assessment," describing methods for conducting Level 1 environmental
 assessment.  The draft was prepared under EPA Contract 68-02-1412,
 Task  18.  The  final  revised manual was prepared under this task.  Be-
 cause this was  the first task under this contract, project start-up
 costs were also incorporated into it.
 Task  3 -  Support to  Ocean Incineration--
      The  technical objectives of this task were to:
      • Evaluate at-sea incineration processes for the destruction of
        chemical waste products, especially chlorinated organic mater-
        ials,  on board the Matthias III and M/T Vulcanus incinerator
        vessels.
      • Develop guidelines for incinerator design, operational controls,
        monitoring methodology and acceptance criteria to be utilized
        by EPA and IMCO in establishing at-sea incineration permit
        requirements.
      Operational, performance and emissions data were obtained by TRW
 sampling  teams  for a series of burns on the Matthias III and on the
 M/T Vulcanus.   Based on these incineration data, TRW assisted EPA in
 generating technical  considerations and guidelines to be utilized in
 international agreements on control  of incineration at sea.   EPA sub-
 sequently submitted these recommendations to the IMCO Intersessional
 Working Group for Incineration at Sea at their London, England meeting.
 These guidelines will also be used to establish U.S. regulations.
 Task  53 - Input to Level  1  Manual  Revision—
     This task was initiated in November 1977, to provide updated and
 revised chapters on gas,  vapor and particulate sampling, and inorganic
 analysis  (Chapters II,  III, and VII).  These revised chapters were sub-
mitted to Research Triangle Institute (RTI) to be incorporated into the
 republication of the IERL-RTP Procedure Manual for Level 1 Environmental
Assessments.
                                  24

-------
     The revised chapters submitted under this task represented the
best currently available Level 1 methodology.  Specific tasks conducted
on this contract and the Environmental Assessment of Conventional Combustion
Sources (EACCS) project examined and improved the inorganic analysis
procedures, and the over 50 Level 1 source tests performed on the EACCS
project provided practical experience in dealing with the requirements
and realities of field testing.  These experiences in both the analytical
and sampling aspects of Level 1 methodology had been integrated into the
EACCS procedures manual as they evolved.  With this task, these improve-
ments also became part of TRW's input to the revision of the IERL-RTP
Level 1 manual.
Task 57 - At-Sea Environmental Impact Statement Studies —
     The objective of this task was to prepare portions of an environ-
mental impact  statement for at-sea incineration of industrial wastes
documenting the effects on the environment which could result from the
adoption of international standards regulating incineration at-sea
activities.
     The results of this effort were presented to the International
Maritime Consultative Organization at their June 1978 conference in
London.
                                i
1.6  AREA 6:  CONDUCT OF SYMPOSIA AND TRAINING SESSIONS
     Six tasks in this program were devoted to TRW participation in
symposia or presentations related to the TLE program.  Only one, Task
24  (Process Measurement Symposium) required more than 100 hours labor.
Two of the symposia covered the general topic of environmental/process
measurements; the other four dealt with specific measurement techniques.
1.6.1  Major Task Summary
Task 24 - Process Measurement Symposium —
     This task was devoted to the preparation and implementation of the
Symposium on Process Measurements for Environmental Assessments.  The
conference was designed as a forum to present, discuss and evaluate

                                  25

-------
measurement requirements, approaches and results within the broader
context of the entire Environmental Assessment Program area.  Consider-
ing the wide-ranging scope of the Environmental Assessment Program area,
a  broad cross section of industry and government were invited to partici-
pate  in the conference proceedings and discussions.
      The Symposium Staff consisted of two members from EPA; Ms. Brenda
Foil  and Ms. Susan Sharpe, and three members from TRW; Ms. Mary McKay,
Mrs.  Linda Rosenfeld and Mr. Chuck Weekley.  The overall coordinator
for the Symposium was Dr. Eugene Burns and the Symposium General Chair-
man was Mr. James Dorsey.  Papers were presented by the following TRW
personnel:  R. F. Maddalone and L. E. Ryan (Inorganic Emissions Measure-
ments), J. W. Hamersma (Process Measurements of Conventional Combustion
Systems), and J. E. Cotter (Environmental Measurements Program at the
Paraho Shale Oil Recovery Facility).
1.6.2 Minor Task Summaries
      Under Task 16 (NBS Meeting), a TRW representative attended the
National Bureau of Standards symposium on "Methods and Standards for
Environmental Measurement."  Papers were presented in the following
areas:

     t  Single and multielement technique development
     •  Physical  and  chemical  characterizations of aerosols
     •  Organometallic sampling and analysis
     •  Laser sensing methods
     •  Environmental  standards
     Task  29 (S03 Measurement  Presentation) was a training session
given by TRW to IERL  contractors on the methodology to measure H2S04
in particle laden flue gas streams.   The presentation covered the use
of the controlled condensation procedure in the field and presented
laboratory data from  Task 13.
     Under Task 33 (Denver X-ray Meeting), a TRW representative attend-
ed the Denver Symposium on "Applications of X-Ray to Environmental and
                                  26

-------
     The revised chapters submitted under this task represented the
best currently available Level 1 methodology.  Specific tasks conducted
on this contract and the Environmental Assessment of Conventional Combustion
Sources (EACCS) project examined and improved the inorganic analysis
procedures, and the over 50 Level 1 source tests performed on the EACCS
project provided practical experience in dealing with the requirements
and realities of field testing.  These experiences in both the analytical
and sampling aspects of Level 1 methodology had been integrated into the
EACCS procedures manual as they evolved.  With this task, these improve-
ments also became part of TRW's input to the revision of the IERL-RTP
Level 1 manual.
Task 57 - At-Sea Environmental Impact Statement Studies—
     The objective of this task was to prepare portions of an environ-
mental impact  statement for at-sea incineration of industrial wastes
documenting the effects on the environment which could result from the
adoption of international standards regulating incineration at-sea
activities.
     The results of this effort were presented to the International
Maritime Consultative Organization at their June 1978 conference in
London.
1.6  AREA 6:  CONDUCT OF SYMPOSIA AND TRAINING SESSIONS
     Six tasks in this program were devoted to TRW participation in
symposia or presentations related to the TLE program.  Only one, Task
24 (Process Measurement Symposium) required more than 100 hours labor.
Two of the symposia covered the general topic of environmental/process
measurements; the other four dealt with specific measurement techniques.
1.6.1  Major Task Summary
Task 24 - Process Measurement Symposium--
     This task was devoted to the preparation and implementation of the
Symposium on Process Measurements for Environmental Assessments.  The
conference was designed as a forum to present, discuss and evaluate

                                  25

-------
measurement requirements, approaches and results within the broader
context of the entire Environmental Assessment Program area.  Consider-
ing  the wide-ranging scope of the Environmental Assessment Program area,
a  broad cross section of industry and government were invited to partici-
pate in the conference proceedings and discussions.
      The Symposium Staff consisted of two members from EPA; Ms. Brenda
Foil  and Ms. Susan Sharpe, and three members from TRW; Ms. Mary McKay,
Mrs.  Linda Rosenfeld and Mr. Chuck Weekley.  The overall coordinator
for  the Symposium was Dr. Eugene Burns and the Symposium General Chair-
man  was Mr. James Dorsey.  Papers were presented by the following TRW
personnel:  R. F. Maddalone and L. E. Ryan (Inorganic Emissions Measure-
ments), J. W. Hamersma (Process Measurements of Conventional Combustion
Systems), and J. E. Cotter (Environmental Measurements Program at the
Paraho Shale Oil Recovery Facility).
1.6.2 Minor Task Summaries
      Under Task 16 (NBS Meeting), a TRW representative attended the
National Bureau of Standards symposium on "Methods and Standards for
Environmental Measurement."  Papers were presented in the following
areas:

     •  Single and multielement technique development
     »  Physical  and chemical  characterizations of aerosols
     •  Organometallic sampling and analysis
     •  Laser sensing methods
     •  Environmental  standards
     Task 29 (S03 Measurement  Presentation) was a training session
given by TRW to IERL contractors on the methodology to measure HUSO.
in particle laden flue gas streams.  The presentation covered the use
of the controlled condensation procedure in the field and presented
laboratory data from Task 13.
     Under Task 33 (Denver X-ray Meeting), a TRW representative attend-
ed the Denver Symposium on "Applications of X-Ray to Environmental and
                                  26

-------
Occupational Health Analyses."  The Symposium was sponsored by the
Denver Research Institute, University of Denver and Phillips Electronic
Instruments.  Papers were presented on the following instrumental methods
of analysis:
     t  X-Ray Diffraction
     •  Electron Microprobe
     •  Electron Microscopy
     Under Task 44  (Particulate Measurement Meeting), a TRW representa-
tive attended the "Symposium on High Temperature, High Pressure Parti-
culate Control," in Washington, D. C., sponsored by EPA/DOE.  Of
special interest were  the presentations given in Session IV:  Particle
Sampling and Measurement.  With regard to particulate control techno-
logy, it was made clear  that while there are various proposed techniques,
none are yet fully  proven and operational.

      Task  58 involved  TRW1s  participation  in  the workshop  on Measure-
 ment Technology and Characterization of Primary Sulfur Oxides Emission
 from Combustion Sources, sponsored by the  Environmental  Sciences  Re-
 search  Laboratory,  EPA/RTP,  during April  1978.   Dr.  R. F.  Maddalone
 presented  a paper,  "Sulfur Emissions Sampling and Analysis," detailing
 work to improve techniques for sampling and analysis of  S02> H2S04 and
 particulate sulfate emissions from flue gas desulfurization units.
                                    27

-------
                                SECTION 2
                               MAJOR TASKS
2.1  TASK 1  LEVEL 1  MANUAL REVISION/PROJECT  START-UP
2.1.1  Objective
     The objective of this task was  to  incorporate review comments on the
draft manual:   IERL-RTP Procedures Manual  Level  1  Environmental  Assessment,
describing methods for conducting  Level  1  environmental  assessment.   The
draft was prepared under EPA Contract 68-02-1412,  Task 18.   The  final
revised manual was prepared under  this  task.   Because this  was the first
task under this contract, project  start-up costs were also  incorporated
into it.
2.1.2  Approach
     The basic draft document was  prepared under EPA Contract 68-02-1412,
Task 18.  The objective of this task was to  devise a cost effective set of
sampling and analytical procedures  for  Level  1  of  the phased approach
to environmental assessment programs.   This  document presented for the
first time an integrated set of sampling and analytical  procedures for
environmental  assessment programs.   As  such,  it was subjected to a detailed
review in June 1976 with representation  of the  Process Measurement Branch,
IERL/RTP and five other TLE contractors  including  Arthur D.  Little,  Inc.,
Aerotherm/Acurex Corp., Research Triangle  Institute, Southern Research
Institute and  The Research Corporation of  New England.  Based upon these
discussions, a new revision of the manual  was prepared and  submitted to
EPA in July 1976.  This draft and  further  revision was discussed with
Dr. R.  M. Statnick during August 1976.   The  final  draft was published
in September 1976.
     This task also served as the  project start-up task.  Under this
portion of the work, the project was organized, people assigned, task
orders initiated and a task work plan prepared.
                                   28

-------
2.2  TASK 2 LIMESTONE FGD DEMO SUPPORT
2.2.1  Objectives
     The technical objective of this task was to prepare a series of pro-
cedure documents for sizing dry aerosols and measuring SO, entering and
leaving a Flue Gas Desulfurization (FGD) unit and written for GS-4 personnel
or equivalent.  The sizing method for the dry particulate matter entering
the FGD process was selected by the EPA to be a manual technique utilizing
a Brink Impactor.  A manual system for the FGD process effluent stream was
chosen on the basis of a literature survey, contacts with experts in the
field, and an evaluation of available information.  The method chosen was
the Meteorology Research Inc. Cascade Impactor used out of stack.  Finally
a method for S03 (H2S04 vapor) was developed based on the Controlled Con-
densation (Goksoyr/Ross) method and was successfully tested under laboratory
conditions.  In addition to these method development areas, on-site train-
ing and support was provided by TRW personnel.
                                                                      4
     The task was divided into three areas of effort:
       1)  Aerodynamic Size Distribution
          Measurement of Dry Aerosols
       2)  Procedure for Sampling and Analysis of S03
       3)  Quality Assurance
2.2.2  Approach
     Aerodynamic Size Distribution Measurement of Dry Aerosols-
     Documents were prepared describing the methods for determination of
the size distribution of dry particulate matter at the inlet and outlet of
a flue gas desulfurization (FGD) process.  The FGD process inlet measure-
ment system was a Brink Impactor while the outlet measurement system, which
must be suitable for extremely low grain loading, was selected from several
candidate systems.
     The selection of the outlet impactor system was based on the following
criteria:
       •  Ease of assembly and.operation - GS-4 level technicians
          should be able to operate the instrument.
       t  Ease of sample recovery - Sample removal should be accomplished
          under field conditions with minimum of effort.
                                     29

-------
       •  Construction material compatibility with sample and sampling
          environment - The equipment should not corrode or in any way
          contaminate the sample.
       •  Sampling period required for sample collection - Flow rates
          should be maximized to collect adequate amounts of sample
          for measurement in a reasonable sampling period under low
          grain loading conditions.
       •  Sample capacity - The system should be flexible enough to
          accurately size and collect particulate under high and low
          grain loadings.
       •  System design to minimize wall losses and re-entra1nment -
          All samples should be deposited in collection trays or cups.
     Applying these criteria, the MRI impactor was selected.  Procedure
documents describing the operation of the Brink and MRI impactors were
written and compiled in an overall procedure manual.  This document
included: equipment lists, equipment assembly and preparation, on-site
set-up and operation, sample removal and handling procedures, and sample
weighing procedures.  Other than making reference to known procedures
(such as EPA Methods 1 through 4), this document was designed to stand
by itself and be directed toward 6S-4 or equivalent personnel.
     Procedure for Sampling and Analysis of $03--
     A procedure to sample and analyze for SO* 1n flue gas prior to and
after FGD process was written.  From TRW's knowledge of the S03 sampling
problem, the Controlled Condensation (Goksoyr/Ross Coil), Brink Impactor
and selective liquid Impingement appeared to be the methods available.
A literature evaluation of the systems was based on the following criteria:
       •  Sensitivity
       •  Selectivity
       •  Precision
       •  Accuracy
       •  Efficiency
       •  Ease of Operation
       •  Reliability/Maintainability
       •  Sample Recovery for Analysis
     As a result of this evaluation the Controlled Condensation system was
tested in the laboratory simulating the conditions in the FGD unit, and
found to be precise and accurate.

                                   30

-------
     Quality Assurance —
     This effort was devoted to develop methods that will ensure the over-
all quality of the data taken in the above procedures.  Included in the
specific QA activities are:
       f  Critical checkpoint lists for each procedure
       •  Data validation procedures
       •  Maintenance schedules
       t  Troubleshooting procedures
       •  On-site assistance
2.2.3  Technical  Discussion
     Originally it was planned that a procedure for liquid aerosol  sampling
would be developed.  The  initial recommendations were to use a KLD liquid
droplet aerosol counter.  Previous experience at Shawnee with the KLD device
was positive, but some development work was expected.  The main problem
with the device was the initial cost (^IZK).  Consequently an alternate
approach was suggested and tested in the field.  This approach used a
Brink impactor  and a BMS-11  oven  system to maintain isothermal conditions
throughout the sampling system to prevent  incorporation or condensation
of moisture from the gas  phase.  The liquid aerosols collected would be
measured using an automated  Karl Fischer analyzer after the collection
cups were rinsed with methanol.
     In practice, temperature control proved to be very difficult with the
BMS-11 oven.    A technical  decision  was made to discontinue this approach.
Concurrently, interest in the liquid aerosol sampling tests decreased, so
this requirement was deleted.  The following sections briefly describe the
particulate sampling and  SOg sampling systems.
     Brink Impactor System—
     The Brink impactor was used for the determination of the aerodynamic
size distribution of dry  solids prior to the flue gas desulfurization (F6D)
unit.  The Brink impactor with a specially designed internal cyclone
provided aerodynamic size distribution  information between 0.3y to
10y in 6 distinct cuts.   The recommended flowrate was  0.01  to 0.08  cfm.

                                     31

-------
     This procedure used the Brink impactor out of stack to sample the
particulate from the gas stream entering the wet scrubber.  After the
large particles have been removed from the gas stream by the internal
Brink cyclone, the remaining particles in the gas stream are then separated
by a Brink Cascade impactor.  By weighing each stage of the Brink impactor,
the aerodynamic size distribution was determined.  Figure 1 shows the
Brink impactor and the associated support equipment.
     The choice to out-of-stack sample with both the Brink and MRI was made
in order to heat the impactors  at temperatures  (^175°C) to  minimize HgSO^
collection.  In-stack heating could not accomplish this, so the choice
was made to go out of stack.
     Control of the Brink was maintained by monitoring the AP across the
impactor using a magnehelic gauge.   This procedure was much more accurate
than the Hg manometers used in the BMS-11.
     Particle bounce was minimized by coating the collection stages with
Aprezon H.  This grease was tested in the laboratory and in the stack and
showed little or no weight gain or loss under the specified sampling con-
ditions.
     MRI Impactor System --
     This method is applicable for determining aerodynamic size distribu-
tion of dry solid particles emitted from the TVA Shawnee flue gas desul-
furization (F6D) processes at a mass loading of 0.07 g/m3 (0.03 gr/cfm).
     The Meteorology Research Inc. (MRI) Inertial Cascade Impactor is
designed to measure the aerodynamic size distribution between 0.3 and 30
microns -suspended in industrial gas streams at temperatures up to 200°C
(392°F) at a flow rate of 0.1 to 0.8 cfm.
     As explained in the Brink procedure,  out-of-stack sampling was
selected to allow higher operating temperature to minimize H2S04 fallout.
Heating of the MRI impactor as  with the Brink was accomplished using
specially fabricated Glass-Cole heating mantles.  Aprezon H greased
impactor stages were used to prevent particle bounce.' Figure 2 shows
the equipment set-up for the MRI.
                                   32

-------
STACK

V

USE WIRE OR ROPE TO SUPPORT
IMPACTER FROM HOOK
         BRINK WET
         AEROSOL PROBE   REDUCER
                         SS-400-R-4
  RUBBER STOPPER
  FOR GAS SEAL
                                              ,RAIL
                                          BRINK CYCLONE
                                          STAGE
                                            HEATING
                                            MANTLE
                   FILTER
                   HOLDER
UNION
CROSS
  Figure  1.   Brink Impactor Set-Up
                    33

-------
OrO
k\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\w


SKIN TEMPERATURE
THERMOCOUPLE
THERMOCOUPLE
TAP FOR IMPACT OR
GAS TEMPERATURE x
c
*
A
\

S


r
L\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
AEROTHERM
OVEN AND
CONTROL Uh
Z\ i
GLASS-COL
HEATING MANTLE
AND IMPACTOR
\
EC





•^,
^

/
/rrnf
i II
jj_jj
X\
MRI IN STACK
11T /TRANSFORM
>ll I /
I/ QUICK
y DISCONNECT
/ FITTING
i r

J 	 L
                                   . SUPPORT FOR
                                    IMPACTOR
       TO
AEROTHERM
IMPINGER
SYSTEM
                                                         STACK
                                                       AEROTHERM
                                                       PROBE
                                                        GAS FLOW
              Figure 2.  MRI Impactor Set-Up
                             34

-------
     H2S04 Sampling—
     The development of  this  method  grew out of a  basic gap in measurement
methodology for  H2S04  in particle-laden  gas  streams.  Currently there are
two EPA compliance methods  for SOX measurements.   In  both EPA Method 6 and
Method 8, the  H2S04 is separated  from  S02 by passing  the gas stream through
an impinger of 80% isopropanol  (IPA) followed by two  impingers of 3% H202.
The IPA collects the H2$04  and passes  the S02 into the H202 impingers where
it is oxidized and collected  as H2S04.   While these methods are the EPA
compliance methods, problems  have been found in trying to measure H2S04 in
particle-laden streams using  these systems.   In both  procedures inefficient
particle removal prior to the first  impinger leads to variable positive
interferences  from sulfate  containing  fly ash,  and catalytic oxidation of
S02 in the  IPA impinger. The precision  of Method  8 has been studied, and
it was shown to  be in  excess  of +_ 50%.   Because of these problems, an
alternate H2S04  method is needed.
     The controlled condensation  procedure for collecting H2S04 is a
likely candidate because of its simplicity and  clean  separation of particu-
late matter, S02, and  H2S04.   This procedure is based on the separation of
H2S04 from  S02 by cooling the gas stream below  the dew point of H2$04 but
above the H20  dew point. Cooling  is  accomplished in a water-jacketed coil
(Figure 3) where the H2$04  is collected.   Any aerosol not collected in
the coil  is collected on the glass  frit. Particulate matter is removed
from the gas stream prior to  reaching  the cooling  coil by means of a heated
quartz filter  placed after  the heated  glass  probe  and before the condensa-
tion coil.  While the  basic idea  of  a  controlled condensation to separate
S03 from S02 had merit,  the system design and operating parameters had
several built-in difficulties. Consequently, a laboratory study (Task 13)
was initiated  by TRW  to  optimize:
       •  Probe, filter, and  coil heating temperature
       t  Particulate  removal system
       •  Filter selection
     The result  was a  method  capable of  measuring  H2S04 with a laboratory
precision of ±7%, using an improved filtration system and an inert filter
material.

                                    35

-------
                      ADAPTER FOR CONNECTING HOSE

                                       TC WELL
        STACK
to
cr>
                                                                                                RUBBER VACUUM
                                                                                                   HOSE
                               ASBESTOS CLOTH
                                 INSULATION
                    GLASS-COL
                    HEATING
                    MANTLE
                                                                           RECIRCULATOR


                                                                           THERMOMETER
DRY TEST
METER
                                                                                                           THREE WAY
                                                                                                             VALVE
                                                                                                    SILICA GEL
                                                           STYROFOAM
                                                           ICE CHEST
                                       Figure  3.   Controlled  Condensation  System Set-Up

-------
     Quality Assurance—
     The quality assurance activities under this task were devoted to
document procedures and on-site  assistance and training.  In the procedures
document describing the aerosol  sizing and S03 sampling procedures, infor-
mation was provided on:
       •  Equipment care  and  usage
       t  Guidelines  for  laboratory  techniques
       •  Specific critical area checklists for each procedure
       •  Data  interpretation aids to monitor the quality of the
          results achieved
       t  Specific maintenance and calibration schedules
       •  Troubleshooting and repair schemes.
     In addition to this  documented  quality assurance activity, an on-site
training session was  given to train  the  TVA personnel on the use of all
the equipment and procedures. Throughout the program senior TRW personnel
were available  for consultation  over the phone or for troubleshooting in the
field.
2.2.4  Summary  of Results and Recommendations
     As a result of this  program, procedures for aerodynamic sampling at
the inlet and outlet  of an F6D were  developed and used at the Shawnee FGD
Test Facility.  Using these procedures,  Bechtel and TVA personnel studied
the mass percent penetration  for the TCA and Venturi scrubber systems at
Shawnee.
     As a result of this  task, several areas of continuing or new work are
possible.  It is recommended  that:
       •  Continued on-site and  verbal assistance be provided to the
          Shawnee Test Facility  in the area of trace element sampling
          and analysis.
       •  Support be  given to improved process measurement at the FGD
          units.
       •  New control strategies be  developid based on improved process
          measurement of  such species as SO*, SO,, Ca+S and Mg c.
                                     37

-------
2.3  TASK 3 SUPPORT TO OCEAN INCINERATION

2.3.1  Objective
     Disposal of chemical waste products in the United States has long
been accomplished via landfill and ocean dumping and more recently by
thermal destruction in land-based incinerators.  Under EPA contract
68-01-2966, TRW has been involved in a program to evaluate the destruction
efficiency of various land-based incinerator types matched with specific
waste products.  Sampling and analysis strategies were patterned some-
what after EPA methodology and philosophy.   However, the EPA manual "IERL-
RTP Procedures Manual:  Level 1 Environmental  Assessment" was still in
preparation and not issued at that time.
     Land-based incinerators must be equipped with costly effluent control
or recovery systems for removal of HC1 from the combustion gas stream for
disposal of chlorinated organic waste products, one of the major organic
chemical waste categories.  This by-product then becomes a secondary
disposal cost.  In contrast, incineration at sea does not require the HC1
recovery system.  A remote ocean area, judiciously chosen, avoids the
problems of acid damage to population, vegetation and structures.  The
ocean is a very large, slightly alkaline "scrubber" for neutralization of
the HC1, and the decrease in pH or increase in chloride content is
imperceptible.
     In 1974, the EPA granted the first research permit for ocean incinera-
tion of chlorinated organic waste to the Shell Chemical Co., and test
burns were performed in the Gulf of Mexico that same year.  Preliminary
evaluation of these tests, as reported in EPA Report #EPA-430/9-75-014,
together with test programs conducted in Europe by the Dutch, French, and
Germans, indicated that ocean incineration can be a viable; cost-effective
alternative to other disposal methods if adequate process control regula-
tions can be promulgated for protection of the environment.
                                   38

-------
    The technical  objectives of this task, therefore,  were to:

    t  Evaluate at-sea incineration processes for the  destruction
       of  chemical  waste products, especially chlorinated  organic
       materials,  on board the Matthias III and M/T Vulcanus  incin-
       erator vessels.

    •  Dev=lo<, guidelines for incinerator design, operational
        controls,   -Storing methodology and  acceptance criteria
        to be  utilized by  EPA  and  IMCO  in  establishing at-sea
        incineration permit  requirements.

2.3.2  Technical Approach

     The objectives are  summarized  in this  series of subtasks  having
the following  technical  requirements:

     •  Observe  second test  burn of organochloride waste aboard the
        Matthias III incineration  ship.
     •  Evaluate and report  on incinerator  operation, controls and
        waste  desr.ruction  efficiency.
     •  Analyze  teed waste samples  for  C,  H,  N, S, and Cl  to support
        combustion  efficiency  evaluation.
     •  Determine effect of  incineration on surrounding waters by anal-
        ysis  for total organic content  (TOC)  and  chlorinated organic
        content.
     •  Acquire  and perform  statistical analysis  of existing thermal
        data  to  correlate  wall  temperatures with  flame temperatures.
     •  Issue detailed reports on observations, analyses, calculations,
        conclusions, and recommendations.
     •  Prepare  a guidelines document for  EPA to  use in support of  the
        IMCO  intersessional  work group  which  is developing regulatory
        and technical  requirements  on incineration at sea.

2.3.3  Results

     Matthias  III Test Burn —

     The first Matthias  III  test burn was witnessed in June 1976 by TRW
on EPA Contract  68-01-2966,  and a  report was  issued indicating technical
problems existed which precluded granting  of  an EPA permit for burning

U.S. wastes.   This  report  (1)  contains  necessary  background information
on the desian  and operation  of the Matthias III incinerator ani the
testina oerformed by the French.   Subsequently, we were directed under
this task  to  witness a second  test burn aboard  the Matthias III in the
                                    39

-------
North Sea in Auqust 1976,   EPA was  notified that operating and/or
desiqn modifications to correct the problems identified in Reference
1 had been completed.  The purpose  of the  second trip was to
observe the performance of the incinerator ship, determine compliance with
EPA operational requirements, observe a preliminary burn of solid waste
and acquire and analyze seawater samples upstream and downstream of the
ship during the burn.  Two liquid waste samples were also taken during the
test burn and anlyzed by TRW.  The  results are  delineated in Table 2.   A
variety of drummed solid wastes were also  incinerated using the solids
inlet port and rotating table system in the furnace.
     During this burn, equipment was installed  and operated by Dragerwerk
AG to monitor CO, COp, CL and chlorinated  organic emissions.  The last
instrument apparently malfunctioned and was not operating during the test.
The following equation was used to  compute combustion efficiency:

                               o2 - Cco\
                       N =   ( - 1 - 1    X 100
     A thorough, detailed report was issued for the second test burn
 including tabulated C02, CO, 02 and run data, entitled "Status of Ocean
 Incineration of Organic Chlorides Aboard Matthias III as of 3 September
 1976".  The conclusions of that report are highlighted here,
     The Matthias III has shown a striking improvement in the combustion
 of organic chloride wastes as compared to the burn of 5/31-6/3/76.  Com-
 bustion efficiency values considerably better than 99 percent have been
 demonstrated throughout the present burn.  The plume was consistently
white in color and the flame zone was maintained within the incinerator
 stack.
     Temperature measurements indicated the flame temperature in the
 incinerator to be consistently above 1200°C, and to lie between 1240°C
and 1420°C.   Wall temperature measurement was shown to be a predictor of
flame temperature.
                                   40

-------
                                  TABLE 2.  RESULTS OF WASTE ANALYSIS
Carbon
Sample Wt. Percent
F/M/W-
1 43.8
F/M/W-
2 41.9
Hydrogen
Wt. Percent
5.3
5.5
Nitrogen
Wt. Percent
1.6
1.6
Halogens as
Chlorine
Wt. Percent
40.9
38.2
Sulfur
Wt. Percent
0.2
0.3
Oxygen
and
Other3
8.2
12.5
Specific
Gravity at
25°C
1.179
1.171
Thermal
Content
Kcal/Kg
5240
4960
aBy difference

-------
      Seawater analysis for pH, total organic carbon and total chlorinated
organic matter revealed no detectable difference between upwind and down-
wind  samples.
      The EPA requirements for incineration of organochlorides at sea have
been  met, in general, with the exception that warning and automatic shut-
down  of the process upon a temperature fall below 1200°C have not yet been
incorporated into the system.  However, data and thermocouple locations
for warning and shutdown at furnace temperatures of 1300 C and 1200 C,
respectively, have been determined.
      The improvement in combustion efficiency appears to have been achieved
by increasing the relative amount of combustion air.   This effect was
brought about by reducing the waste throughput by approximately a factor
of two.
      Analysis of M/T Vulcanus Incinerator Temperature Data—•
      The EPA Operational Requirements (1, 2) for ocean incineration of organic
chlorides include a requirement for emergency waste shutoff if the
temperature should drop below 1200°C in the incinerator.  A statistical
analysis of data obtained during operation of the Vulcanus was made.
The detailed results were sent to the Task Officer in a separate letter
report.

     The report gave the following conclusions:
     •  Correlation is poor between wall  (thermocouple) and flame
        (pyrometer) readings.
     •  Based on the data available, the wall  temperature is  not as
        good a predictor for flame temperature as might be desirable.
     •  Using the best thermocouple data (controller, rear furnace)
        a reading of 1062°C at the wall could be used to sound a
        warning for 1300°C in the furnace, with a 0.80 probability.
     »  Similarly, a reading of 985°C would predict a front furnace
        temperature of 1200°C with a 0.975 probability.
     If additional data could be made available, better statistical pre-
dictions could probably be made.  Approximately 40 data points (both wall
and flame)  at two- or four-hour intervals would be useful.  The methods
                                    42

-------
of statistical  analysis are the same as those used on the similar
Matthias III data.   These methods are described  in Reference  2,  The data
on which the statistical analysis is based are taken from Table  V-4, "Dis-
posal of Organochlorine Wastes by Incineration at Sea,"  EPA-430/9-75-014,
dated July 1975,  pages 35, 36 and 37.
     Additional operational, performance and emissions data were obtained
by the  TRW sampling team aboard the Vulcanus during burning of Shell
Chemical  Co.  chlorinated organic wastes in March 1977 under EPA  Con-
tract 68-01-2966  (Reference 3).
     Guidelines for Intersessional Work Group on Incineration at Sea—
     The  purpose of this subtask was to assist EPA in generating technical
considerations and guidelines to be utilized in international agreements
on control of incineration at sea.  EPA would subsequently submit  these
recommendations to the  IMCO Intersessional Working Group for  Incineration
at  Sea  at their London,  England meeting.  It was also planned to employ
these  guidelines to establish U.S. regulations.
      Reference 4   is the document resulting from this  subtask effort  and
 is  entitled "Rationale  for Annex A to Suggested Special  Provisions for
 Control of Incineration  at Sea".  The report describes the "rationale",
 i.e.,  the technical justification and methodology, for Annex  A require-
ments  on:
      •  Section II -  Test Methods of Characterize Waste
      •  Section III -Guidelines for Incinerator  Operations  and
         Monitoring
      •  Section V — Procedures  to  Determine  Harmlessness of Stack
         Emission Products
      Special acknowledgement  is  given  here to the many  contributions,  sug-
 gestions and general  help provided by Dr. Ron Venezia,  the Task  Officer
 at IERL and Mr. Russ  Wyer,  Deputy  Director of the Oil and Special  Materials
 Control Division.
      Trips and Special. Coordination —
      By the nature  of the work  content and deliverables under this task,
 extensive travel to meetings  and the test sites and coordination with the
                                     43

-------
incinerator ship operators, government and private agencies, etc., were
required.  Three meetings at RTP with the IERL Task Manager and three meet-
ings at Washington with the Deputy Director of the Oil and Special Mate-
rials Control Division and others were supported to plan the site visit,
observation requirements, report format and to develop the regulatory
guidelines.  A partial list of the firms and agencies interacting on this
task are as follows:
     •  EPA
        - Oil and Special Materials Control Division, Washington, D.C.
        - IERL, RTP
        — Region VI
     t  U.S. Coast Guard
     t  French Atomic Energy Commission Cerbom and Ministry of
        Environment
     •  Meneba, SBB - Matthias III
     •  Hansa Lines,  Ocean Combustion Services - M/T Vulcanus
     t  Shell Chemical Company
     •  French Ministry
     Advisory groups  participating in one of the Washington meetings on
IMCO guidelines included U.S. Depts. of Commerce, Interior and Labor, the
U.S. Coast Guard, the Naval Research Laboratory, Shell Chemical Co. and
several public environmental groups.
2.3.4  Summary of Results and Recommendations
     The accomplishments of this task have a valuable contribution to the
continuing development of efficient and safe disposal of hazardous organic
wastes by means of at-sea incineration.  The work reported in this task
was an important facet of the overall EPA effort to establish:
     t  Minimum flame temperature at 1200°C for complete destruction
     •  The correlation of wall  temperature as measured by a thermo-
        couple with flame temperature as measured by an optical
        pyrometer
     •  Fuel and combustion air feed rates
     •  Automatic emergency shutoff requirements
                                   44

-------
of statistical  analysis  are the same as those used on the similar
Matthias III data.  These methods are described  in Reference  2,  The data
on which the statistical  analysis is based are taken from Table V-4, "Dis-
posal of Organochlorine  Wastes by Incineration at Sea,"  EPA-430/9-75-014,
dated July  1975,  pages 35, 36 and 37.
     Additional operational, performance and emissions data were obtained
by the  TRW  sampling team aboard the Vulcanus during burning of Shell
Chemical Co. chlorinated organic wastes in March 1977 under EPA Con-
tract 68-01-2966  (Reference 3),
     Guidelines for Intersessional Work Group on Incineration at Sea —
     The purpose of this subtask was to assist EPA in generating technical
considerations and guidelines to be utilized in international agreements
on control  of  incineration at sea.  EPA would subsequently submit these
recommendations to the IMCO Intersessional Working Group for  Incineration
at Sea  at  their London, England meeting.  It was also planned to employ
these  guidelines to establish U.S. regulations.
      Reference 4  is the document  resulting  from this subtask effort  and
 is  entitled "Rationale for Annex A to Suggested Special  Provisions  for
 Control of Incineration at Sea".  The report describes the "rationale",
 i.e.,  the technical justification and methodology, for Annex  A require-
 ments  on:
      a  Section II -  Test Methods of Characterize Waste
      •  Section III -Guidelines for Incinerator  Operations  and
         Monitoring
      •  Section V - Procedures to Determine Harmlessness of Stack
         Emission Products
      Special acknowledgement  is  given  here to the many contributions,  sug-
 gestions and general  help provided by Dr. Ron Venezia, the Task Officer
 at IERL and Mr. Russ  Wyer,  Deputy Director of the Oil and Special  Materials
 Control Division.
      Trips and Special,  Coordination—•
      By the nature of the work content and deliverables  under this task,
 extensive travel to meetings  and the test sites  and  coordination with the
                                     43

-------
incinerator ship operators, government and private agencies, etc., were
required.  Three meetings at RTF with the IERL Task Manager and three meet-
ings at Washington with the Deputy Director of the Oil and Special Mate-
rials Control Division and others were supported to plan the site visit,
observation requirements, report format and to develop the regulatory
guidelines.  A partial list of the firms and agencies interacting on this
task are as follows:
     •  EPA
        -Oil and Special Materials Control Division, Washington, D.C.
        -  IERL, RTP
        -  Region VI
     •  U.S. Coast Guard
     •  French Atomic Energy Commission Cerbom and Ministry of
        Environment
     t  Meneba, SBB - Matthias III
     •  Hansa Lines, Ocean Combustion Services — M/T Vulcanus
     •  Shell Chemical Company
     t  French Ministry
     Advisory groups participating in one of the Washington meetings on
IMCO guidelines included U.S. Depts. of Commerce, Interior and Labor, the
U.S. Coast Guard, the Naval Research Laboratory, Shell Chemical Co. and
several public environmental groups.
2.3.4  Summary of Results and Recommendations
     The accomplishments of this task have a valuable contribution to the
continuing development of efficient and safe disposal of hazardous organic
wastes by means of at-sea incineration.  The work reported in this task
was an important facet of the overall EPA effort to establish:
     •  Minimum flame temperature at 1200°C for complete destruction
     •  The correlation of wall  temperature as measured by a thermo-
        couple with flame temperature as measured by an optical
        pyrometer
     •  Fuel  and combustion air feed rates
     •  Automatic emergency shutoff requirements
                                   44

-------
     t  Use of on-board equipment to monitor destruction efficiency
        based on CO and COg measurements
     •  A U.S. EPA policy in support of international regulations  to
        be issued by IMCO.
     Most recently, the technology developed by TRW under EPA sponsorship
for process control, monitoring, sampling and analysis was successfully
employed in meeting EPA Permit  Requirements for the safe destruction  of
11,000 metric tons of  Herbicide Orange containing the hazardous trace
compounds, TCDD on board  the M/T Vulcanus.  It is anticipated that this
activity will lead to  many  similar  benefits in the future.
                                     45

-------
 2.4  TASK  5 SASS TRAIN LEVEL 1 CHECKOUT

 2.4.1   Objective
     This  task, which was one of the earliest in the TLE project, had
 two separate though related objectives.  One was to use and evaluate one
 of the  first SASS trains produced, both in general terms and specifically,
 in regards to its use during the testing conducted on board the incinerator
 ship M/T Vulcanus in the Gulf of Mexico.  The second objective was to use
 the samples collected in the SASS train evaluation portion of the task to
 test and evaluate the recently published Level 1 analytical procedures.
 2.4.2   Approach
     The SASS testing was conducted on a 10 million Btu, TRW Low-NO  burner
                                                                   A
 fired with No. 6 residual oil.  The SASS was operated in the configuration
 to be used for the shipboard tests which was:  15' water-cooled probe,
 50' of  heat-traced sample line, no cyclones, filter, XAD-2 module, and
 impingers.  The probe was positioned in the combustion chamber of the
 burner  and the train was operated at temperature for several consecutive
 days and two sets of 30 m3 samples were collected.
     These samples were analyzed following the IERL-RTP Level 1 procedures
 manual.  The complete organic scheme was tested including C7-C12 GC, LC,
 Grav/IR, and LRMS.  SSMS and analyses for Hg, As, and Sb were also per-
 formed.  Work on this task was initiated in June 1976 and completed in
 November 1976.
 2.4.3  Technical  Discussion
     The key element to understanding the contribution of this task is
timing.   When this task was begun, there were only three SASS trains in exist-
ence and the IERL-RTP Level 1 manual had been first published in the same
month.   Several  contractors were scheduled to begin implementing the SASS
and the Level 1  procedures and a preliminary assessment of potential
problem areas was desired.
                                   46

-------
     Many of the problems  identified in Task 5  were  addressed very
quickly, thereby preventing the repetition of errors by  several contractors,
This was particularly  true of the SASS train problems such as poorly
 sealing impinger caps, difficulties with the inflexible stainless steel
 connecting tubes for the  impingers, and failure of the Teflon o-ring
 seals.   These were relayed to Aerotherm/Accurex and appropriate changes
 were implemented by them  for subsequent SASS trains.
      Work was also performed on  this task to address serious inorganic
 analytical problems with  the Hg, As, and Sb methods.  In each analysis,
 procedural and matrix problems were encountered that impaired the
 quality of data that could be  produced.  By analyzing numerous blanks
 and spiked controls for each Level  1 sample matrix, modifications to
 the methods were developed that  met the Level  1 accuracy (± 2 to 3  factor)
 requirements.

 2.4.4  Summary of Results and  Recommendations
      The scope of this task did  not include providing solutions to  all
 of the identified problems.  Wherever  possible solutions were offered,
 however, other problems (e.g., stainless  steel component contamination
 in the Parr bomb procedure) became  the subjects of  in-depth examination
 under other tasks and contracts.  These solution-oriented studies
 conducted after the completion of Task 5, eventually lead to refinements
 of the Level 1 procedures such as the  quartz-lined  Parr bomb method.
 Thus the chief result of  Task  5  was to identify areas needing further
 study.  These areas have  now,  at the present time,  all been addressed
 and the resulting recommended  Level 1  modifications have been assembled
 as TRW's input to the Level 1  revisions under  Task  5.
                                      47

-------
  2.5  TASK 7 INORGANIC COMPOUND IDENTIFICATION

  2.5.1  Objectives
     This task was devoted to the  study of measurement  procedures  for Inor-
ganic compounds.   While this  task  was  broad in  its  nature,  its  main  goal  was
to advance the state of the art for  identifying specific  inorganic compounds
in samples of environmental interest.   In  this  task several  specific  areas
were investigated.

      •   Literature review - references on compound identification
          for specific elements like As, Se, Sb, Hg, Cd  and Zn were
          compiled.
      t   X-ray diffraction - determination of the sensitivity of
          specific compounds in an environmental matrix.
      •   Infrared analysis - compilation of literature  sources and
          comparison of conventional  IR and FTIR.
                                  +3   +5
      •   Selective reduction of As  /As   - a chemical  approach to
          the selective reduction of As+3/As*5 in aqueous  environ-
          mental samples was investigated.
      •   Mass thermal analysis - studies were initiated to determine
          if volatile inorganic compounds could be thermally desorbed
          from the surface of collected particulate matter.
      In addition  to these specific  areas  of research conducted under this
 task,  TRW has  supported  EPA/IERL  programs in the area  of advanced inorganic
 analysis.  In  this  role  TRW  was charged with design, testing and  application
 of advanced  analysis  schemes for  the  determination of  compounds from pro-
 cess  streams  including FBC bed materials  and combustion  source emission
 streams.   As an end result TRW developed  a comprehensive inorganic  com-
 pound  identification  scheme,  which  was detailed in a procedures manual  for
 Level  2 inorganic sampling and analysis.

 2.5.2   Approach
     In these  sections the approach taken in each  of the technical  areas
 investigated will  be  discussed.
     Literature Survey--
     An extensive literature investigation was conducted to survey  avail-
able sampling  and analytical  methodologies for inorganic compounds  in solid,
                                    48

-------
liquid, and gaseous  streams  with particular emphasis on  Instrumental
methods (e.g.,  XRD,  IR,  RAMAN,  XRD,  SEM-EDX, SIMS  ESCA,.etc.).  Efforts
were made to  develop Information for each method on minimum quantity of
detectable material, minimum sample  size required  for  analysis, precision
and accuracy  of the  method,  costs, and commercial  availability.
     A  literature search was conducted for the years 1970-1976 for the
journals  Analytical  Chemistry and Environmental Science  and Technology.
Pertinent articles from these journals were obtained and the majority were
filed by  type of analytical  method used.  Emphasis was given to the
Analytical  Chemistry Reviews (April  1974, 1975, 1976)  which summarize
current research conducted on inorganic compounds  using  each analytical
technique.   In addition, Air Pollution Abstracts were  reviewed (1971-1976);
all abstracts were scanned,  and the most pertinent articles were abstracted
and/or  ordered.  A similar search was conducted on the NTIS search biblio-
graphy  NTIS, PS-75/527, entitled: "Chemical Analysis of Aerosols and Air-
borne  Particulates."
      Search of in-house material was completed and literature not available
in-house  was ordered.  The accumulated file has been further refined
to identify the most definitive literature.  Key authors and areas of con-
comitant  interest have been tabulated.  Telephone  contacts were conducted.
As part of the on-going efforts, information was utilized on computer
searches.  These include Lockheed DIALOG Information Retrieval Service
for Chemical  Abstracts, Scisearch and NTIS data bases; SDC Search Service
Data  Bases for Pollution abstracts.
      The literature  (journal articles, reports and books) obtained were
 filed by analytical method to  provide continuing back-up and state of
the art information to this task.
      X-Ray Diffraction—
      In this subtask work was  conducted  in  three areas:
      t  Sensitivity studies of pure compounds  in a matrix similar
         to combustion source samples.
      •  Sample handling procedures  for  mounting and analysis of
         samples.
      t  Analysis of actual  combustion  source  samples  to study
         the  practical application of XRD analysis.
                                   49

-------
     In the first phase pure compounds were mixed with a suitable dilutant
to simulate the environmental matrix.  This work was to provide baseline
sensitivity data from an experimental standpoint.  Since mounting proce-
dures can appreciably affect the results of an XRD, a standardized approach
was developed to optimize test conditions.  The end result was a study of
actual samples of fly ash, FBC bed material and coal char.
     Infrared Analysis --
     Infrared analysis provides a useful screening method to indicate the
presence of specific anions or even compounds.  The work conducted in this
subtask consisted of:
     •  Compiling reference IR tables for inorganic materials in
        the mid and far IR.
     •  Selection and testing of candidate mounting mediums
        (mulls vs pellets).
     t  Comparison of FTIR and IR scans.
     Selective Reduction of As+3/As+5 —
     The goal of this subtask was to analyze process streams, stack gas
samples and solid parti cul ate specifically for inorganic As   and As  .
                                   +3       +R
Chemical speciation of inorganic As   and As   provided:
     t  Information on the true toxicity of the sample.
     t  Back-up information if As203 and As205 cannot be seen by XRD.
     •  A means for analyzing for As   and As+5 that passes through
        SASS train parti cul ate collection system.
A method based on the selective reduction of inorganic As   and As   (Ref-
erence  5) was evaluated.   The solution containing As+3 and As"1"5 was buf-
fered at specific pH's (1.5 and 4.5) and reducing agencts (NaCNBH- and
     ) are added.  The evolved AsHg was captured via a cold trap and
organic solvent and could be analyzed by either f Tameless ASS, GC/ECD,
or D.C. discharge.  The method as developed by Bramen (5) used a one-of-
a-kind D.C. discharge system to quantitate the amount of AsH-.  This
subtask verified Bramen's work and attempted to extend it to conventional
AAS analysis.

-------
     Mass Thermal Analysis--

     Attempts to determine  the  type  and quantity of volatile inorganic
compounds present in samples was made  by monitoring the weight loss and
identifying the gas products using a TGA/MS analysis.  TGA/MS is partic-
ularly suited to the identification  of volatile components and within the
limits of the temperature  program  should be able to identify materials by
their degradation products.
     Initial tests were  conducted with a DuPont 951 TGA using:
     t  Pure compounds
     •  Pure compounds mixed with coal fly ash.
If these tests were successful, design and fabrication of a TGA/MS inter-
face was to be initiated.
     Special Studies--
     As the task continued, interesting and potentially useful methods
and procedures were cursorily  studied.  To date this task has looked at:
     •  The use of Proton  Induced  X-Ray Emission (PIXE) as an
        accurate multielement  analysis.
     •  SEM-EDX analysis of environmental samples.
2.5.3  Technical Discussion
     The following paragraphs  will discuss the major accomplishments in
each of the areas of  research.
     Literature Survey—
     The literature survey conducted under this task compiled over 300
journal articles organized into a  wide range  of topics.  In addition to this
literature, computor  searches  for  analysis methods using the elements:
arsenic, barium, beryllium, boron, cadmium, chlorine, copper, fluoride,
lead, manganese, mercury,  nickel,  selenium, tin, vanadium, and zinc were
completed.
     X-ray Diffration  Studies--
     X-ray diffraction  technique  is-a  relatively simple analytical tool
widely used for qualitative and quantiative identification of various
                                      51

-------
crystalline compounds present in a amorphous  matrix.   However, the
sensitivity of the X-ray diffraction method  is  inferior to other methods,
and the sensitivity may vary depending  on  the compound under study and the
matrix.
     The main goal for X-ray diffraction studies  performed at TRW during
this task was to investigate the analytical capability of a typical  com-
mercial X-ray diffractometer (in this case a  GE XRD-5) to detect small
amounts (1-10%) of various materials of environmental  interest.
Sample Handling Procedure — The handling  of  environmental  samples imposes
two major difficulties; first,  small  amounts  of pure compounds are usually
mixed with an amorphous matrix  and,  secondly, the material  can be impacted
on glass fiber filter which produces a  background scattering which can
mask the diffraction pattern due to  crystalline species.   Two approaches:
removal of the actual sample from the filter, and sample  preparation to
ensure the highest possible intensity were studied.

     To simulate an environmental matrix,  two candidates, silicic acid
(SiOg. x HpO) and ground glass  were tested for  use  on  an  amorphous filler
for the laboratory samples.  Both produced an amorphous background, but
silicic acid was easier to disperse. The  sample  preparation procedure
was:
     1)  The pure chemical compound, as well  as silicic acid were
         ground to achieve <40pm size.
     2)  The test compound and  silicic,acid were  weighed  and pre-
         mixed in a test tube.   Then a  mixture  of collodion with
         reagent grade ethanol  in a  1:4 ratio was used as a suspension
         medium in which the samples were  mixed ultrasonically for
         10 minutes.   The 1:4 ratio of  collodion  and ethanol, as well
         as dispersion time were found  experimentally  simply by
         trial error and were kept constant during  this series of
         experiments.  After 10 minutes of dispersion, the medium
         looked very uniform.
     3)  Using a pi pet, the dispersed sample  was  spread over the
         glass slide, on which  the illumination area was  framed  using
         masking tape.   After VI0 minutes  of  drying in air, the
         sample was ready to run on  XRD-5.
                                   52

-------
     All laboratory  samples  (compound and silicic  acid)  and actual samples
tested were mounted  on  the glass  slides  in this  fashion.   In some cases
the material was  impacted on a glass  fiber filter  and  could not be easily
removed.  In this case  alternate  methods such as using Scotch tape to
remove the particulate  matter or  direct  analysis of the  filter with the
particulate matter on it were tried.   As it turned out,  both of these
alternate methods did not provide as  good results  as the mechanical agita-
tion of the filter and  collodion  mounting of the material  removed.  The
reason for that seems to be  due to a  low pick up of sample by the Scotch
tape (^20 mg),  or, in case of the filter mounted on a  glass slide, the
high background due  to  amorphous  scattering of the filter.
     It should  be mentioned, however, that the proposed  sample preparation
technique in each particular case must be applied  with care.  The wetting
and  drying properties of a particular environmental  sample could differ
significantly,  as it did in  the case~ of studying filter  and cyclone catch
from an Aerotherm HVSS, as well as the samples from the  mechanical and
electrical precipitator of  the Shawnee Test facility.  In  each case the
amount  of collodion  to  disperse the sample was found to  be different,
and  it  is believed that the  right ratio of collodion and ethanol must be
found by trial  and error. Another difficulty was the formation of cracks
during  sample  drying;  this was most pronounced in  the  case of filter
catch.  In  these  cases, it  is recommended that the collodion suspension
be spread over a  piece  of double-sided Scotch tape mounted on the glass
slide.  This  technique  prevented cracking in most  cases.
Sensitivity Studies  of  Pure  Compounds in an Amorphous  Matrix— As real-
life samples usually consist of mixtures of various sulfates and oxides
imbedded in amorphous matrix, the sensitivity studies  were undertaken
with the laboratory  samples  containing pure compounds  mixed with an
amorphous filler.  The  total weight of the laboratory  sample was chosen
to be 100 mg,  which  is  the  approximate amount of material  that would be
available for  analysis.  The 100 mg samples were mounted on a glass slide,
and  run on  XRD-5  diffractometer in the 2e-range  around the major diffrac-
tion peak.
                                    53

-------
     An inspection of XRD data shows that the most intense diffraction peaks
of sul fates and oxides are located at relatively low (^20°-300) diffrac-
tion angles, where due to divergence of the X-ray beam,  the sample's
illumination area is maximized.
     The experimental conditions listed in Tables  were  kept constant
during this series of measurements.   The compounds studied at TRW, their
weight fraction in amorphous matrix, as well  as the estimated detection
limits are tabulated in Table 4.   According to the  X-ray  scattering
ability of each compound, the qualitative classification  has been
suggested.
     It should be noted that detection  limits of the compounds listed in
Table 3 would be significantly lower if more  sophisticated equipment
was used rather than the XRD-5 diffractometer.   Limits of detection for
state of the art equipment approaches 0.05% for many compounds.
       	TABLE 3.  EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS	

         Variable	Conditions Employed
         Radiation                                 Cu,,
                                                    Ka
         Filter                                    Ni
         High  voltage                              40 kv
         Current                                   20 ma
         Sample's irradiated area                  15 x  35  mm
         Counting rate                             500 c.p.s.
         Time  constant                             1-2 second
         Detector                                  Proportional
         Detector's slit                           0.2°
         2e scanning speed                         2  degree/minute
                                    54

-------
            TABLE  4.   XRD DETECTION LIMITS OF INORGANIC  COMPOUNDS
                       OF ENVIRONMENTAL INTEREST
Compound
CaS04
AS2°3
Hgso4
PbO
Cr203
Mn02
Se02*
voso4*
Weight
Fraction
in Sample
10
4
10
2
10
10
1
10
2
10
10
Intensity
(c.p.s.)
700
250
200
70
225
900
75
180
70


Estimated
Detection
Limit
(% W/W)
^1
2
^2
<1
3-5%
2
<\/10
^0
X-ray
Scattering
Ability
Strong
Intermediate
Strong
Strong
j,
Weak
Intermediate
Very broad
Very broad
 The quality of X-ray spectrum  is very poor, mainly due to difficulties
with proper dispersion of the sample.
                                     55

-------
Analysis of the Actual  Industrial  Samples—
1.  FBC Fly Ash (PMB-0085)  -  The X-ray  diffraction  pattern  of  this
    fly ash, as identified  in our study,  contained  CaS04  in both  the
    hexagonal and orthorombic forms,  but  none  of  the  original  CaO
    present in feed material  was found.   Other compounds, namely
    CaAl2Si208 and KA102 (or  K2A124057) were tentatively found.

    Based on standard additional  techniques, the  100  mg sample con-
    tained ^20 weight percent CaSO^.  The less than ^10% deviation
    of the intensity of the Si02 line,  which ideally  should be the
    same in all three samples, implied  that the error in the CaSO^
    concentration measurement was not more than 10%.
2.  Thermally and Chemically  Treated  Coal  Char -  Typically,  for all
    coal char investigated  in our laboratory,  the X-ray diffraction
    spectra were obtained in  the 2e of  5° to 50°  range.   Identifi-
    cation was made on the  basis of agreement  within  +0.02°  of the
    spacing of the compounds.  Because  of the  overlap of several
    compounds, unambiguous  identification of all  the  lines  was not
    possible.  In particular, it was  found that the Na2C03  spectra
    did not correspond to the literature  values and hence,  identifi-
    cation of it within the samples was impossible.   Tables  5  and 6
    summarizes the compounds  looked for and whether they were  found.
    Because of the thermal  history of the sample, compounds  which
    were normally crystalline could exist in amorphous states, in
    which case either no spectra or broad band spectra would be
    obtained.  If unambiguous identification was  not  attainable,  the
    presence of the compound  was listed as "possible." A brief
    description of each sample analyzed is given  below.
       a)  Original Coal Char -The original char produced  only  4 sig-
           nificant lines.  These lines can be assigned  to  either FeC
           or carbon with a structure similar  to  graphite.   A  char
           assignment based on 2e values  was not  possible.   The  only
           other potential  compound was Ca3Fe2Si'30,2.
       b)  Residue A - Residue A consisted originally of char, NaCOv
           CaO, CaF2 prior to heating and steam treatment.   All
           these components were seen in  the sample after heating
           except for Na^COo.  After  treatment,  the CaO  and CaF,,
           concentrations appeared to be  less.  The char components
           were seen as well  as a new compound,  CaS.   Three compounds
                             56

-------
           [Na2Ca(C03)2, 035(5104)2003, CaCOs] were possibly identified
           (Table 5) with  CaC03  being  the most probable.  Finally the
           presence of Ca-|oSi3oOi5F2 was inferred, but further work would
           be required to  identify  it  unambiguously.
       c)  Residue B - This sample  originally contained char, KgCOa, and
           CaO.  The char  lines  (FeC or C, and CaaFezSisOl?) were present.
           The presence of CaO was  confirmed and appeared to be at a con-
           centration greater than  that left in Residue A.  The quantity of
           CaS found was less than  was that in Residue A.  The presence  of
           CaS04 was possible (Table 6).  A series of compounds
           [K2Ca(C03)2, Fe304, CaSiOs, CaFeSi04,  035(8104)2003]  were
           tentatively identified from their 20 values, out all  were present
           in the 1-3 percent w/w range or less.
        TABLE 5.  RESIDUE  "A" TENTATIVE IDENTIFICATIONS
    2e
           Tentative Identification
   26.6
   29.2
   33.2
   35.4
   43.0
        FeC or C
                                   ;  CaC03
        Ca3Fe2Si3012; Ca5(Si04)2C03
        Na2C03; Na2C3(C03)2
        FeC or C; Na2Ca(C03)2; CaC03
         TABLE 6.  RESIDUE  "B"  TENTATIVE  IDENTIFICATIONS
 26
           Tentative Identification
25.2
26.6
29.8
33.3
34.0
35.3
43.0
46.5
CaS04(?); CaSi03
FeC or C; CaSi03
Ca3Fe2Si3017; CaFeSi04; CaSi03;
CaFeSi04; Ca5(Si04)2C03
CaFeSi04; Ca5(Si04)2C03
Ca02
FeC or C
CaO,
                               57

-------
     Infrared Spectroscopy Studies--
     Both normal and far infrared are valuable tools in piecing together
the composition of a sample.   Infrared and Raman spectroscopy were used to
analyze and identify lunar rocks during the Apollo program (6).  The
investigators were able to correlate the fundamental vibrations of SiO^
with the bulk composition of the sample.  Lunsford (7) used infrared
spectrophotometry to determine the chemical form of adsorbed S02 on various
metal oxides.  In the total compound analysis scheme, infrared analysis
can potentially identify anions present in the sample and determine the
compound containing the anion.  The former is fairly easy to accomplish
since most anions have characteristic bands that can be used for identifi-
cation.  As Table 7 shows, the region from 1000 to 1500 cm"  should be of
great use.
     Besides simply identifying the anion, specific correlations are avail-
able for individual compounds.  Several investigators (8, 9) have done
extensive work with inorganic compounds.  Tables 8 and 9, respectively,
list the characteristic bands for several nitrates and sulfates.  Clearly,
there are analytical frequencies which can be used to identify compounds,
especially if elemental analysis can reduce the number of possibilities.

                         TABLE 7.  USEFUL IR BANDS
Anion
S0=
NO"
C03
Si°3
Absorption Bands (cm )
610 - 690 (m)
180 - 1130 (s)
610 - 640 (m, sp)
1350 - 1370 (s)
650 - 680 (m)
1430 - 1450 (s)
^900 - 1100 (vs)
 m = medium, s = strong, sp = sharp, v = very
                                     58

-------
                                 TABLE 8.   INFRARED BANDS OF SOME COMMON NITRATES  (CM'1)
Compound
NaN03

KN03

Ca(N03)2-XH20

Fe(N03)3-9H20

Ca(N03)2-3H20

Pb(N03)2

Band Category^3'
VW
2428



1044



2431



W










807

M
836 sp

824 sp

820 sp

835 sp

836 sp

• 726
836 sp
S




-v/1430

-------
                                TABLE 9.   INFRARED BANDS OF SOME COMMON  SULFATES  (CM'1)
Compound
Na2S04
K2S04
CaS04*2H20
MnS04-2H20
FeS04-7H20
CuS04
PbS04
Band Category ^a'
VW




990


W
645

1010 (sh)
1670
510 (vb)
607
1150 (sh)
1020 (sp)
1600 (sh)

M


318
2200 (b)
660
1025
1625
680
805
860
592 (sp)
623 (sp)
S
620

603
667
1630 (sp)
3410 (b)
825
3225 (b)
611 (vb)
3330 (b)
1200
<3300 (b)

VS
mo
1110
620
1130 (vb)
1135 (vb)
1090 (vb)
1090 (vb)

C7I
O
         (a) V =  Very,  W  =  Weak,  M = Medium,  S = Strong,  SH = shoulder, B = Broad, SP = sharp

-------
     Technical  problems that must be addressed include effect and  control
of moisture  content in the sample.  The moisture content of the  sample
will affect  the degree of hydration of the compounds present in  the sample.
It is expected  that the samples will have to be dried to a constant water
content  to simplify the analysis problem.  Information from a T6A-DSC
analysis will be used to pick a drying temperature that provides water
removal  without sample decomposition.
     In  preparing the sample for IR analysis, typically KBr is used as
the mulling  agent.   However, samples that contain reactive materials such
as acid  sulfates can cause reactions by releasing HBr in a replacement
reaction.  Aluminum oxide, which is transparent from 2.5 to 15u, has been
tried as an  alternate mulling agent, but results have not been good since
the fly  ash  did not stick to the AlgO^.  Silicon dioxide was also tried
(absorption  at  1000 to 1100 cm"1) with the same results.  Fused Si02 works
but it  is very  porous and can pick up contaminants quite easily.  The
first alternative is to use Nujol or Fluorolube mulls between AgCl plates.
This combination minimizes ionic exchange problems as well  as crystal
deformation  that might be caused by the pelleting procedure.


FTIR  Results — During the task, a series of IR spectra were obtained for
5 different  fly ash samples.  These samples were anlyzed by conventional
IR and  FTIR in the mid-IR.
     The first  sample run was Fluidized Bed Combustor material (PMB-0085)
supplied by PMB.  Figure 4 shows spectra for a 1 mg (A) and 2 mg (B)
dried sample placed in a KBr pellet and using a Perkin Elmer 521.  Except
for the  peaks at 600 cm"1, 670 cm"1 and 780 cm"1, the spectra was without
much detail. Another spectrum (Figure 5) using a mineral  oil  mull and
shown at 5X  scale expansion is completely different as now the major band
is at 720 cm"1  which is not in the mineral oil spectra.  While showing
reasonable intensity, the spectrum lacks fine detail.  This same FBC
material was run on a Digalab FTS-14, using scale expansion and  computer
averaging of 40 scans (Figure 6).  The result was a clearly resolved
spectra  with a  wealth of bands shown.  Bands associated with CaS04 are
                                      61

-------
1400
1200
1000
800
600
    Figure 4.  Perkin Elmer KBr Pellet IR Scan of  PMB-0085 Flyash
                          -l mg,  (B)-2 mg
                                62

-------
     I  I  I I  I J  I I  I.I I I  1,1 I I I I Mil  .  I
Figure 5.  Perkin  El.er  521  1R Scan of PNB-0086
                   Flyash (5X)
                        63

-------
1200      1100      1000"      900       800      700




      Figure 6. ;  Sample  PMB-0085 FBC Flyash
600
                       64

-------
clearly seen at  610 and 670 cm'1.  Figures 7 through 10 show a  series of
samples of flyash  taken from the outlet of a coal-fired boiler  at  the TVA
Shawnee Power Plant in Paducah, Kentucky.   The particle size  essentially
decreases in these samples in the order of presentation.  Of particular
interest is the  HVSS filter catch compared to the HVSS cyclone  catch.
Note the change  in peak ratios at 770 and 600 cm"1  and the appearance of a
strong band at 670 cm"1 (SOT).
     While further work will be needed to identify  the bands, the  high
quality of the spectra and the obvious changes in the position  and strengths
of various bands shown in the FTIR spectra clearly  indicates  the utility
of FTIR over conventional IR in recognizing changes occurring in the
sample.  Also,the ability of the FTIR to subtract background  spectra can be
used to remove  unwanted materials.  While 40 scans  were averaged in this
test, 400 or 4000 scans could have been made to improve sensitivity.
     As+3/As+5 Speciation —
                            +3
     The sensitivity for As   in the initial experiments was  quite low.
The low recovery was traced to the effect on pH of  the addition of NaBH.
to the sample.   The procedure being tested (Reference 5) relies on
                                               +3
precise slection of the pH.  The hydride of As   is formed at a pH of
4-5 with NaBH4 while the As+5 hydride is formed (after the As"1"3 is removed)
at a pH of  1-2 with NaCNBH3 followed by NaBH4.  In  both, cases,  the AsH3 is
confined in  a  LN2 trap.  It was found using Bramen's procedure  that the
addition of  NaBH4 raised the pH in the reaction vessel to 
-------
                    700
600
500
Figure 7.  Mechanical  Precipitator Flyash Spectrum
                        66

-------
Figure 8.  Electrostatic Precipitator Flyash Spectrum
                         67

-------
Figure 9.  Cyclone From HVSS (INLET) Flyash Spectrum
                        68

-------
Figure 10.  Filter Catch  From HVSS  (INLET) Flyash Spectrum
                          69

-------
results and attempts to oxidize any As+3 (As203) that might be an impurity
in the As"1"5 (A205) produced no noticable drop in signal.  Since the recom-
mended operating range of AAS for AsH3 analysis is 1 yg absolute, appro-
priate dilutions can be made to minimize the effect of this slight reaction
     +5
+3
of As   to As   hydride formation chemistry.  Once these preliminary
                                                        +3       +5
tests were completed, a calibration curve was run for As   and As   using
the specific hydride formation chemistry.  The results are shown on
Figure 11.  It was expected that both curves would be identical, since
hydride generation occurs from the +3 oxidation state.  The difference
between the two curves reflects the difference in recovery for the two
methods.  Since both curves showed good precision (<±10 percent), the
reason for the lower As   recovery was not sought.
     Combined samples of As  /As"1"5 were then analyzed in the same solution
to test the coordinated recovery of the procedure.  The results are shown
in Table 10.   While recovery for As   was reasonable  throughout  the  values
tested, the results for As   were less encouraging.  The As   recovery was
depressed further when both reaction chemistry systems were tried on the
combined sample.

            TABLE 10.  AS"1"3/AS*5 SPEC I ATI ON TESTS RECOVERY ERROR
                                  RESULTS
Input (yg)
As+3/As+5
5/2.5
5/2.5
5/2.5

1/1
1/1
1/1

0.5/0.5
Recovered (yg)
As+3/As+5
4.9/3.0
5.3/3.6
5.2/2.8
Avg. 5.1/3.1
0.68/0.45
0.80/0.90
0.80/0.63
Avg. 0.76/0.66
0.48/0.43
Error (%}
As+3/As+5
-2/+20
+6/+44
+4/+12

-S2/-55
-20/-10
-20/-37

-4/-14
                                     70

-------
0.7
                                                                           8.25MLKHP(10%)

                                                                           1.0 ML Kl (10%)
                                                                           5.O ML OXALIC ACID (20%)
                                                                                                  5.0
                                                                +3   +5
                          Figure 11.  Calibration  Curves for As   /As

-------
     These results indicate that the As  /As   specification using a LN2
cold trap and AAS is possible.  Further work will be necessary to improve
the recovery of As+5.  The fact that the calibration curves were different
for each oxidation indicates that procedural problems were not uncovered
by this feasibility study.  Further work is necessary to find the cause
for this low As   recovery.
     TGA/MS Evaluation Results —
     The original objective of this investigation was to determine the
feasibility of compound characterization and identification of mating the
analytical capabilities of TGA and MS.  It was intended to couple the MS
directly to the effluent stream of the TGA to permit MS identification of
the volatile compounds.  However, it was decided to first determine the
utility of TGA to characterize a sample of FBC flyash material and then to
determine the lowest concentration levels at which a compound in the FBC
material could be detected by TGA.  The results of these -experiments are
presented in the following paragraphs.
     Two samples of FBC material were run on the TGA (DuPont) under a
nitrogen atmosphere employing a 5°C/min heat-up rate and full scale deflec-
tion representing ^13% (w/w) of the sample.  The data were reduced and
plotted (Figure 12) as percent weight retention versus temperature to
permit a direct comparison of the two runs.  Although the results of the
two runs appear similar, close examination shows that variations between
the two runs was as much as 0.5% (w/w) in the temperature range from
200°C to 500°C and greater than 1% (w/w) at 880°C.
     TGA scans were next run on three model compounds; ZnCl2> SeCL and
As203, to determine their thermal characteristics.  The same conditions
were employed for the three model compounds as were used for the flyash
sample.  Each compound was found to display a fairly sharp break in the
TGA scan and it appeared that the characteristic break points could be
used for compound identification.
     Testing of the TGA approach for compound identification was performed
by examining mixtures of the flyash and the model compounds.  Specifically,
mixtures were prepared by adding 1% (w/w) of each of the model compounds
to the flyash and TGA scan, then were run.  The results obtained for the
                                    72

-------
co
           100
                       100
200
300
700
                      400       500      600
                      TEMPERATURE, °C
Figure 12.   TGA of FBC Material (Nitrogen Atmosphere, 5°C/min)
800
900

-------
three mixtures are presented in Figure 13 together with the TGA scan
for flyash by itself.  Only the As203 mixture shows behavior consistent
with what would be expected based on the behavior of the pure compounds.
A sample of As203 shows weight loss occurring at 250°C to 300°C.  It can
be seen  in Figure 13 that the As203 containing sample shows about a U
difference in weight loss between the flyash and the 1% mixture in this
temperature range.  However, it is somewhat disturbing that the total
weight loss at 800°C is about the same for both samples where it is expected
that the mixture should display a 1% greater weight loss.  The samples
containing the Se02 and ZnCl2 failed to show weight losses in the expected
temperature ranges of 250°C and 500°C, respectively.
     To  test this approach further, a flyash sample containing 5% w/w
As203 was prepared and run on the TGA.  The results are also presented in
Figure 13.  It is evident that the 5% mixture displays the expected
weight loss in the temperature range of 200°C to 300°C; however, the weight
loss does not represent the 5% w/w sample of As90* that was added to
                                               L. 
-------
     z
     o
VI
     o
                              200
300
400      500      600

  TEMPERATURE, °C
700
800
900
                                     Figure 13.  TGA's of Flyash and Model Compounds

-------
non-homogeneous mixture that was used in the TGA runs.  (That is, a small
portion of the prepared mixture was used in a TGA run.)
     It was concluded that this technique is useful in determining the gross
thermal characteristics of a sample.  For example, a TGA run could provide
information as to the amount of moisture in a sample, likely decomposition
temperatures of the mixture components, and overall thermal stability.  This
type of information could be of value,  for  example,  in selecting a drying
cycle for a mixture prior to analysis.   However, determination of small
quantities (<1%) of materials does not appear to be very promising unless
one can obtain reproducible results from a  known mixture.   This obviously
was not the case for the FBC material.
     Special  Projects Results—
Proton Induced X-Ray Emission (PIXE) — Energetic protons  from a nuclear
accelerator can be utilized to provide a technique for quantitative,  multi-
elemental analysis.  The sample is prepared as  a thin film and bombarded
with a beam of protons which produce characteristic X-ray  emission from all
elements in the sample.  The X-rays are detected by an energy-sensitive
semiconductor device and the data is processed  by an on-line computer.
Proton excitation provides much better sensitivity than electron excitation
because the yield of characteristic X-rays  compared to background radiation
is much higher.  Protons have an advantage  over X-ray excitation because
good sensitivity can be obtained for a  much larger group of elements.

   Quantitative analysis of the broad range of elements excited by energetic
protons is made possible by the use of an energy sensitive X-ray detector
and on-line computer data processing.  A Si-Li  detector provides good
energy resolution and high sensitivity for X-rays emitted from all elements
heavier than Mg.  Electrical pulses from the detector are processed in an
advanced electronics system and sent to an on-line computer.  While the
computer is recording X-rays from one sample it is also processing data
from the preceding measurement.  The analysis results are available from
the computer at approximately the same time that new data accumulation  is
finished.
                                    76

-------
     When a  sample  has only trace quantities of elements in  a lightweight
matrix, PIXE analysis is not complicated.  A common example  is  the analysis
of solids from an air sample collected on a hydrocarbon  filter.  However,
with most solid samples, one must deal with the problem  of intense X-rays
from elements  which are present in high concentrations.   In  order to apply
PIXE as a general analysis tool, it is necessary to use  X-ray filters,
advanced electronic systems, and computer programs.
PIXE Results—  A comparison of the As values obtained by PIXE was made to
the Level 1  procedure.  The fly ash samples were prepared by aqua regia
extraction  and then analyzed by arsine generation and quantttated by AAS.
The PIXE analysis was performed by Dr. Paul Simms at the Purdue University.
The results are shown in Table 11.  It should be noted that  the only prep-
aration  required for PIXE was mounting the solid sample  on a Mylar film.
The excellent agreement shows that PIXE might be useful  as a supplement to
Level  1  analysis for As, and possible Hg and Sb.  Since  PIXE can also be
used  to  monitor major components, it can be used to quantitate major concen-
tration  elements which exceed SSMS limits.
                      TABLE  11.   PIXE  VS.  AAS As PROCEDURE
Sample
Mechanical Precipitator
Electrostatic Precipitator
HVSS Cyclone Catch
HVSS Filter Catch
— — 	 	 ^^^aeaaai
PIXE (ppm)
53
213
163
1681
Wet Chemical (ppm)
46
202
149
1395
	 —
B^^BH^MM^^9^BBBMgaRC3ttsax==a==%:==s&s==i^^^=
                                      77

-------
SEM-EDX/Electron Probe Microanalysis-- The samples must be conductive when
analyzed by SEM-EDX or Electron Probe Microanalysis (EPMA).  This can be
accomplished by placing them on a conductive sample stage or by coating with
a film of conductive material, e.g., C, Pt, or Au.  The coating technique
can interfere with surface topography and any subsequent EPMA analysis;
therefore, the use of a conductive stage is preferred.  In these experiments,
the samples were "floated" over the face of the Cu stage with acetone and
run directly.
     A problem was encountered with small, thin particles.  These were
analyzed with EDX and the composition of the copper stage was obtained
rather than that of the sample.  New sample stages were prepared by plating
a thick film  (3 Mil) of high purity gold on the copper substrate.  Gold
will not interfere, as does copper, with these samples.  Also the Au stages
can be directly placed in the EPMA without further preparation.
     It was found that samples prepared by the SEM operator and scanned
using the instrument for general morophological characteristics takes a
significant amount of time.  It is much more efficient to mount the samples
using an optical microscope and then direct the SEM work.  .This can be done
using a scribed sample stage.  This will increase the quantity of SEM images
that can be conducted for the instrument time requested.  Charging of the
particles may still cause blurring of the pictures obtained.  The EDX
appears to be acceptable for bulk analysis but is not sensitive to trace
elements and  is not capable of detecting any elements lighter than sodium.

2,5.4  Recommendations
     Based on this the work completed in this task, the following areas
should be investigated:
     •  Literature search -The initial literature search performed in
        this task developed a large data base of information.  This
        activity has been continued to a limited extent during the
        course of Task 7.  It is recommended that a general task be
        initiated to perform a continuing and comprehensive search for
        inorganic compound analysis methods.
                                   78

-------
t  XRD - Our work has shown that XRD analysis of environmental
   samples  is  possible, but that several problem a?eas Still
   cXl o U •

   1)   Sample  mounting - methods need to be developed to either
        analyze material impacted directly on glass fiber filters
        or  to develop removal techniques to separate the sample
        from the glass fiber filter without sample modification
        One  possible technique is to use Freon as the solvent and
        and  ultrasonic cleaner to break-up the filter.  Filtration
        or  density gradient separation could be used to remove
        the  glass fibers.

   2)   Sensitivity - Improved sensitivity through computer averag-
        ing  techniques should be studied to improve the sensitivity
        of  XRD.

 a  Infrared Analysis - FTIR has been shown to have certain advant-
   ages over  conventional IR in the areas of sensitivity and spectra
   manipulation.  Work should be continued to:

   1)   Study  the effects of sample conditioning on the structure of
        the compounds.  Work is needed to "normalize" samples so
        that spectral shifts due to hydration, crystalline form or
        sample  matrix do not occur or are identified.

   2)   Study the direct analysis of material impacted on glass
        filter to see if this information can be used to supplement
        direct XRD analysis.

   3)   Study the subtraction capability of FTIR to establish guide-
        lines  on subtraction procedures for complex mixtures.  The
        goal is to subtract different samples from each other to
        emphasize differences in the samples, such as particulate
        matter collected at the inlet or outlet of an FGD.

 t  Surface Analysis - SEM-EDX is adequate for high resolution
   morphology studies of environmental particles, however, EDX is
   not surface limited.  Three separate techniques should be studied
   for their use for elemental depth profiling:

   1)   Scanning Auger Microanalysis (SAM) -This technique is sur-
        face specific and provides images of the particle on sur-
        face analyzer surface structures.  Argon ion etching is
        also possible.

   2)   ESCA - This technique provides elemental surface data infor-
        mation  and can determine the oxidation state of many ele-
        ments.   This technique is especially useful for sulfur.

   3)   Secondary In Mass Spectrometer (SIMS) -This technique
        provides a wider elemental range and higher sensitivity
        for elemental depth profiling.
                                 79

-------
2.6  TASK 8  SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS OF REDUCED INORGANIC COMPOUNDS

2.6.1  Objective

     The objective of this study was to develop sampling and analysis

 techniques for  the determination of emission rates of specific reduced

 organic compounds from stationary sources.  The sampling and analysis

 techniques established provide an accuracy of +25%, a precision of +30%

 and  are applicable to various industrial sources.  For this work, reduced

 inorganic  compounds were  defined as any metal or non-metal which is bound

 to hydrogen,  is in its zero oxidation state, or is bound to carbon.

 2.6.2  Approach

     The  task was divided into five subtasks to better define the approach

 taken:

     •  Subtask 1 -A literature survey was conducted to define the
         sampling stream  parameters of those sources suspected of pro-
         ducing  reduced inorganic effluents.  The parameters defined were
         used  to determine the procedures to be used for sampling and
         analysis and  predict possible problems and interferences.

     t  Subtask 2 -A second literature review was made to define the
         state-of-the-art for reduced inorganic compound sampling and
         analysis.  This  review resulted in a preliminary sampling
         and analysis  plan for a specific set of reduced inorganic
         compounds.

     •  Subtask 3 - The  procedures outlined as a part of Subtask 2 were
         tested  and verified in the laboratory.  The laboratory effort
         was devoted to determination of possible interferences, detection
         limits, special  sampling hardware, etc.

     •  Subtask 4 - When  a sampling and analysis procedure was shown
         to be effective  in the laboratory, it was further tested in the
         field.   The field test was used to critically evaluate the labora-
         tory  procedure on "real" samples and to better determine inter-
         ferences and effects of stream parameters on sampling techniques.

     t  Subtask 5 - Documentation of findings was the result of  this
         task.   A technical manual and guidelines document on sampling
         and analysis of  reduced inorganic species was ultimately pro-
         duced.
                                     80

-------
2.6,3  Technical  Discussion
                     of Processes Generating Streams  Containing Reduced
     Literature  searches,  supplemented by analysis of the chemical and
operating parameters  of individual  processes  and  contacts with know-
ledgeable persons,  were used to identify 1)  industries which could be
sources of  reduced  inorganic species; 2) the  nature of the reduced com-
pounds in specific  effluent streams; and 3) methods which can be used to
sample the  identified streams.
     As a result,  the following process parameters were selected as conducive
to the formation of reduced species:
     •  Operations  in which hydrogen is present in significant quantity.
     •  Operations  which are oxygen deficient.
     •  Processes  which contain metal oxides  in a partially reduced state,
        because  such oxides may interact with various agents to form re-
        duced species.
     •  Processes  which generate substantial  quantities of carbon mono-
        xide or  nitrogen oxide in the presence of those elements capable
        of  forming  carbonyls or nitrosyls.
     Sixteen processes employed in at least seven industries were identified
as potential sources of effluents containing reduced inorganic species.
The  identified industries are listed in Table 12, which also highlights
characteristics  of the effluents from the process operations of interest.
      Sampling Techniques  for Reduced Inorganic Species-
     Sampling procedures were chosen with the goal of obtaining samples
which could be analyzed within an accuracy of ±25%.  Three practices were
found in common  which were necessary to accomplish this: 1) samples must
be time integrated to account for process operating variances; 2) sampling
techniques  must  be sensitive enough to measure volumes, weights, and flows
with greater accuracy than ±25% and 3) sample contamination or loss must be
avoided.
                                    81

-------
                                                               TABLE  12.
                                  INDUSTRIES AND  PROCESSES PRODUCING REDUCED  INORGANIC  SPECIES
oo



Process Idenflcatlon
1) Steel Plant
® Blast Furnace
.
® Sinter Plant
(D Wlndbox:

© Discharge
end:
© Coke Ovens
© Oven off
gas



(5) Quench
Tower


(D Sour
Quench
Hater


2) Coal Fired Boilers






Effluent Characteristics from Predominant Process Operations
Participate Data
Size
Distribution

15-901 < 74M

15-451 < 40 u
9-30X < 20 u
4-19X < 10u
1-10* < 5u
BOX < 100
10X < 10

Highly
Variable



95-97X >47p



Not
Applicable



Z5X < 10
49X < 20
m< 44
X *f*f>





gr/SCF

4-30,
7-10 avg.
0.2-3.2


1-5


1-15




0.05-0.1








2.9 to
3.7 avg.









0 40-140
© 60-138
© 30-460
® 148-230

© 0.03-0.2


2.1 M ft3 per
charge



900 M ft3 per
quench


Mater usually
sluiced; flow
variable and
cyclic

© 297-397
© 362-434







Temperature F

390 at throat
3000 at Furnace
100-400


100-300


< 1832




140-150








245-258








Moisture: Vol X

9.6

2-10





Variable
depending on
point in coking
cycle

Effluent con-
sists primarily
of steam






6.4






	 __., , , 	 | 	 ,| 	 .•!, 1 	
Reduced Species Present in Primary Effluents


Cited From Literature
©
H2
HZS





©
Ni(CO}4, HCN. NH3
H2S, H2. COS, CS-,
NH.CN f
H
© ©
Ni(CO)4, HCN. H2,
NH1( NH.CN, COS.CS.
•J *T t
©
Cyanide and ammonia
species are cited in
the literature.
Distinct compounds
are not Identified.
©
Cr(CO)6 has been
cited in the litera-
ture, although this
is not a reducing
atmosphere.


Probable Stream
Based on Chemistry
©
FeS, HgS, MnS
COS, CaS, Fe(CO)5, Mn (C0)1()
COS, Fe(CO),
7
V-'
COS, Fe(CO),
3
©
AsH3, SbH3
The formation of a variety of
hydrides, carbonyl , and metal
sulfides Is possible.
© ©
The formation of a variety of
hjd rides, carbonyl s, and metal
sulfides is possible.
©
Metal sulfides, cyanides.
sulfur cyanides, and reduced
ammonia species.


©
If, however, the formation of
Cr(CO)e is possible, the
existence of other carbonyls
is also possible. CO concen-
trations may be as high as
70 ppm.
              Q)  Flow rate Is expressed In:  ©  M SCFH or ©  M SCF/ton of product processed.
              ©* gaseous phase; (D - liquid phase;®* solid phase
(Continued)

-------
                                                   TABLE 12.   (Continued)


Process Identification
Refinery Operations
a) Claus Plant
Till Gas '
(E) Fixed Bed
Catalyst
Regeneration
c) Moving Bed
Catalyst
Regeneration
® Fluid Coker
off -gas
Coal Conversion^
(a) Gasification and
Liquefaction
Operations
CD Coal
Preparation
© Quenching
and
Cooling
(D Fixed bed
Catalyst: Sam
Regeneration
0 Sulfur
Plant: Sam
® Tar
Separation
Fertilizer Manufacturer
Effluent Characteristics From Predominant Process Operations
Paniculate Data
Size
Distribution





i parameters an<
e as Claus Plan

6.3% < Su.
12* < lOu.
29* < 30)i,
34* < 40u
gr/SCF





1 species a
I above.

0.7 to 4.0

Flow Rate





s defined undi


0 16.5
(one
unit)

Temperature °F


Fixed and mov-
ing bed regen-
erable cata-
lysts function
at about 850
to 10000F at
300 to
700 pslg


r "Refinery Opera


201

Moisture: Vol *





tion," above.



Reduced Species Present in Primary Effluents

Cited from Literature

H2S, COS, CS2, NH3,
HCN
H2S, COS, CS?,
Ni(CO)4 [Co(CO)4]Z
H2S, COS, CS2, NH3,
Ni(CO)4, HCH
H2S, COS, CS2> NH3>
RCN. Ni(CO)4

Sulfides In rinse
solution and par-
ticulate. The full
spectrum of reduced
species are formed
in gasification.
Many of these are
incorporated into
the quench water.

©
Ni(CO)4. NH4CN. HCN
rlH^ § Hr

Probable Stream
Based on Chemistry
© ©
Spent chemicals from acid gas
.amine solution regeneration =
carbonyls, cyanides, sul fides.
Mo(CO)6; the formation of vari-
ous metal sul fides, hydrides
and carbonyls probable.
Metal sulfides and carbonyls
probable.

Dryer off gases may contain
carbonyls.

©
The existence of Arslne, Stlblne.
carbonyls and sulfides Is
irobable.
©
Cyanides, Nitrosyls.
CO
co
                Stream parameters are highly variable depending on process design, see text.
(Continued)

-------
                                                            TABLE  12.    (Continued)



Process Identification
Forest Products
Industry
0 Kraft Pulp Mills
© recovery
furnace

© lime kiln


© smelt
dissolving
Primary Nonferrous
Metals Industries
0 Copper
© roasting
furnace
© electrolytic
refining
© Lead
© sinter
machine
© Blast
furnace
© Zinc
© roaster


© sinter
machine
© Aluminum

© reduction
cell



Effluent Characteristics From Predominant Process Operations
Particulate Data
Size
Distribution



50-85X < 2u


95X < 25u


90X < 5u




15X < lOu



100X < lOu

0.03 to 0.3


14X < 5,
31X < 10
70X < 20
100X < 10

Submicron
particulate






gr/SCF



3-8
avg. 3-8

3-20


0.17-1.3




6-24



0.4-4.5

1-11


5-65


0.4-4.5



0.03-2.0






Flow Rate



0 20-568
^^
©278-568

© 7-50


45 SCF/air
dried ton



© 60-131



0 140
© 130
6-14


25-30


140

2000 to 4000
CFM/cell







Temperature F



270-650 avg.
350

400-900


170-200




600-890



250-600

150-250


730-900


320-700










Moisture: Vol I



20-40


400-600 Ibs/air
dried ton

670 Ibs/air
dried ton















Dew Point:
122-140







Reduced Species Present in Primary Effluents


Cited from Literature


©
H.S, Na S
2 2
©
HS
&
©
H,S, Na,S
L C.


©
Cu-S FeS
£
AsHj

©

PbS

©
ZnS




©

H.S
C




Probable Stream
Based on Chemistry


©
COS FeS

©
COS, FeS. MgS. CaS






©
Liquid tailings from refining
operations are likely to con-
tain selenides, tellurides,
and sulfides.
©
PbS, ZnS

ZnS, CdS, COS




©
ZnS, PbS, CdS

©

COS, NajS, CaS, A1?S3
Electrode is roncerned in the
reduction process; consider-
able CO is formed. Metal
carbonyls may therefore result.
00
             Process data for electrolytic refining is highly variable; literature does not site specific flow data.

-------
      The sampling  techniques chosen for use with specific  process streams
containing reduced  inorganics included:
      1)  Solid - integrated composite
      2-)  Liquid  - integrated composite
      3)  Gas - fugitive emissions
      4)  Gas - time integrated (non-particulate)
      5)  Gas - SASS train (particulate)
Although each method has restrictions and limitations,  the  applicability of
the SASS train was  deemed worth particular study because it generally is not
suited for sampling reactive inorganic species for subsequent compound identi-
fication.  The  levels anticipated for reduced species are generally low and
chemical modification by the act of sampling will in some cases not allow for
subsequent analysis.  Sampling for solid reduced inorganic  species from
particulate material may be possible using the SASS; however, reduced in-
organic gases will  either be lost or chemically modified due to their inherent
susceptibility  to oxidation or thermal instability.  By studying the chemistry
of several of the reduced species, an estimation of the probable locations of
specific compounds  in the SASS train was made.  This information is shown
graphically in  the following figures:  Figure 14, PH3,  and SbH3; Figure  15,
reduced sulfur  compounds, H2S, COS, and RSH; Figure 16, reduced nitrogen
compounds, NHs, HCN, and (CN)2; and Figure 17,  Hg, Se,  and metal carbonyls.
      Sampling and_Ana]^_sis of Gaseous Reduced Inorganic Compounds —

      The sampling and analysis procedures presented in the final report on
this task were  compiled from literature searches, developed or modified in the
laboratory, and,  in three cases, tested during a field  study on an actual
source of reduced inorganic emissions — the Paraho Shale Oil Demonstration
Plant.  The procedures are detailed and limited in application to specific
reduced chemical  compounds.  Some, in fact, are unique  for  a single substance.
Due to the generally unstable nature of reduced inorganic compounds, the pro-
cedures require specialized sampling equipment and techniques.  For the pur-
pose of sampling  and analysis, reduced inorganic compounds  can  best be divided
into groups based on their acidic, basic or neutral characteristics.  Stability
of the species to oxidation is also an important parameter  as illustrated by
such metal hydrides as phosphine, arsine and stibine.   Acidic species of  in-
terest include hydrogen sulfide, mercaptans and hydrogen cyanide.  The  basic
                                     85

-------
00
                                200-CMAX
3/1
                           1
                                                 1/i
                                                                       COOLING
             PROBE
                          CYCLONE   CYCLONE   CYCLONE FILTER
                                Var1able-H
                    AsH3



                    SbH3



                    Organometalllc forms of P, As, and Sb


                        L * Small  concentration


                        M « Moderate concentration

                        H = Large  concentration
                                                                                   XAD-2

                                                                                   SORKNT
1
1 ('

D
H
CONDENSATE







H2u2

©M

                                                                                             IMPINGERS
                                                                                           APS
                                                              APS
                                   Figure 14.  SASS Distribution for PH_, AsH- and  SbH0
                                                                       Jo         3

-------
oo
                                  200*CMAX
                                      1
                                       I
               PROBE
lOd        3?         Ifi              ,     <-°°IN6
CYCIONE   CYClONt   CYCIONE  Rim I
                                        -
                                                          COMPENSATE
                       COS
                       RSH
                       VL  » Very small concentration
                       L  «  Small concentration
                       M  -  Moderate concentration
                       H  »  Large concentration
                                                                                     XAD-2
                                                                                     SOME NT
                                                                                              IMPtNGERS
                                                                APS
                                                                                                      APS
                                                                                   G>H     ®M

                                                                                 ETSlM     &M-H
                                        M.2T
                                         H-H (pH Dependent)
                                 Figure 15.  SASS Distribution  of Reduced Sulfur Species

-------
00
00
                                200-CMAX
                          1
              PROBE
                           100
                           CYCLONE
3/1
CYCLONE
\n
CYCLONE  FILTER
COOLING
(20-Q
                                                                                  xAD-2
                                                                                  SORKNT
                                     a  VL
                                     )   L-M
               (3)
                      HCN
                                                      IM FINGERS
                                                                                          APS
                                                             APS
                      L  *  Small concentration
                      M  =  Medium concentration
                      H  *  Large concentration
                             Figure 16.  SASS Distribution of Reduced Nitrogen Species

-------
00
                              20PCMAX
                          1
                           I
                         100        3*1         l/i              ,
                         CYCLONE   CYCLONE   CYCLONE FILTER |

1
1

CYCLONE





©
CYCLONE
1
1
H
(D L
                                 COOLING
                                 (20-O
Variable                   j
                     Hg
                     Se
                     MCO

                     L  *  Small concentration
                     M  *  Medium concentration
                     H  *  Large concentration
                                                                                  xAD-2
                                                                                  SOME NT
                                                                                            IMPINGERS
                                                                                          APS
                                                                                               Variable
                             Figure 17.   SASS  Distribution of Hg, Se, and MCO

-------
group consists of ammonia and low molecular weight amines, while the neutral
class includes metals, hydrides, cyanogen and carbonyl sulfide.
      A thoroughly developed, carefully studied method for the collection and
species identification of mercury and mercury compounds has recently been
published by Braman and Johnson (11).  In light of this, this study did no
further work with these compounds.
      Impinger trapping techniques using several impinger solutions were in-
vestigated for all other reduced inorganics.  Overall, entrainment of the
compounds of interest in a reactive solution is direct, efficient and often
amenable to analysis without further treatment.  Table 13 below summarizes
the  requirements for collecting the several reduced species:

     Table 13.  Collection Solutions for Representative Reduced Species
Compounds
H2S, RSH, HCN
HCN
NH3, low M.W. amines
PH3, AsH3, SbH3
Se
Impinger
Solution(s)
Basic CdS04
Cone. H2S04
Dilute HC1
H202
H202
Comments
Pre-scrub NH3 from gas stream with
dilute HC1 containing impinger.

Other oxidizing reagents possible.
Other oxidizing reagents possible;
COS
(CN),
CaCl2+NH404
Dilute NaOH
also can use filter paper wetted with
strong cyanide solution.
Pre-scrub H-S from gas stream with
aqueous Cd(uH)2 containing impinger.
Post-scrub CS2 with KOH/alcohol
solution.
      A preliminary examination of the capabilities of solid sorbents was
made.  Because early results did not compare favorably with the efficiencies
and capacities of impinger collection systems,  work was halted.
                                    90

-------
Species of
 Interest
H2S
NH,
COS,  (CN),
   Solid Sorbent

  Tenax GC
  XAD-2
  Porapak QS

  Chromosorb 103
  Porapak QS
              Test Results

Inadequate
Inadequate
Marginally acceptable  at 0°C - problem
with low breakthrough  volume.
Low breakthrough  volume even at 0°C;
convenient if effluent gas stream
has high NH3 concentration.
Low breakthrough  volume prevents
use with trace levels  in effluents.
      When  field analytical equipment is available and the reduced  inorganic
sample  concentration in the gas stream is relatively high, grab  sampling is the
preferred method.  Rapid analysis in the field eliminates the requirement
for  efforts to stabilize the samples and could be less expensive as well.
      The chemical state of the sampled species often dictates the analysis
technique to be used.  Impinger solutions, if relatively free of interfer-
ing  materials can often be analyzed directly using ion specific  electrodes,
or such classical wet chemical techniques as titration or gravimetry.  For
more complex mixtures, regeneration of the original sample is often required
to minimize interference problems.  For samples adsorbed on solid substrates,
thermal  desorbtion or solvent extraction may be necessary prior  to analysis.
Grab samples may be analyzed directly or after concentration.
      The procedure to be used for analysis is dependent on the  sample
matrix,  possible interferences and the sampling technique.  The  techniques
used in this study on impinger entrained samples are summarized  below.  Details
of all  procedures investigated were presented in the task final  report.
Compounds  of
  Interest
Sample Preparation
H2S, RSH,  HCN   Acidify and purge
NH., and amines   Neutralize, steam dis
  J              till, and purge
           Analytical
           Technique
 GC with Porapak QS column using
 TC detector (Figures  18, 19)
 GC with Chromosorb 103  column using
 micro-TC detector
                                      91

-------
Compounds of                                       Analytical
  Interest        Sample Preparation               Technique
PHV AsH3,      Destroy excess ^02,     GC/MS (Figure 20)  Much less soph-
SbRa            acidify, reduce using    Isticated technique desirable for
                NaBH4,  (Figure 19)        routine work - perhaps 6C-FPD
Hg,             Thermal desorption        AA
Se             ,Add 1%  nickel  to con-    AA
                vert sample to selenide
COS, CS2        Add barium               Gravimetric  determination as
(CN)2                    -               Modified Werner procedure (colori-
                                         metric)

     Field verification studies  of the  ammonia/amine  procedure,  the  hydrides
procedure and the carbonyl  sulfide procedure were successfully performed on
samples obtained at the Paraho Shale  Oil  Demonstration  Plant.  A total  of
four individual samples were obtained from  the  recycle  gas  stream.   These
samples were analyzed in triplicate using the procedures previously  described.
The results of the analyses are  presented in Table 14.

                 Table 14.   Field Test  Results  for Arsine

Sample Volume
No. Sampled

1 0.15 M3
2 0.14 M3
3 0.13 M3
4 0.13 M3
Amount
Arsine
Detected
.025 yg
.035 yg
.045 yg
.060 yg
yg/M3
Arsine

0.17
0.25
. 0.35
0.46

     Arsine was the only hydride detected in the samples analyzed and no
organometallic species were detected.  The results of triplicate analysis
of the same sample were within +_ 20% relative.   The deviation of the amount
of arsine found between samples is probably due to the small  sample volumes
obtained and the non-homogeneity of the recycle gas stream due to process
variations.
                                    92

-------
                               CH3CH2SH
                                          (CM),
CO
HCN
Column Type:  Glass 3mx4mm ID
Column Packing:  Porapak QS, 80-100 mesh
Injector:  4 Port Teflon valve system
Detector:  Thermal conductivity
Column Temperature:  25*C-120*C @
      8*C/min after a 10 minute hold
      at 25°C
                                                         I
                                                         4
             I
             6
                                           RETENTION TIME (MINUTES)
                     Figure  18   Typical  Chromatogram for Reduced Inorganic  Gases Using Porapak QS

-------
to
             SAMPLE OR REAGENT
             INTRODUCTION PORT
                                                        TRAP
                                                                             GC COLUMN
1
                                                                                   -n
         TC DETEaOR
         OR MASS SPEC
                                Figure 19   Reduced Gas Evolution Apparatus

-------
                 GAS CHROMATOGRAM
                 SAMPLE: 0.1MLOFGAS
SAMPLE RUN: ASPAS
CALIB. RUN:  C91
SCANS 1 TO 500
       RELATIVE
       INTENSITY
vo
tn
              SCAN
              TIME
                               Figure 20  Resconstructed Gas Chromatogram of The
                                    Hydrides Produced by Reduction Procedure

-------
2.6.4  Recommendations

     A description was provided in the final  report of the methodology for

the sampling and analysis of representative reduced inorganic compounds from

a variety of sources.   Further research is required before the proposed

methodology can be routinely used in the field.   Specific problem areas

include:

     •  Evaluate complex samples for interferences.

     •  Determine the recovery of all  reduced species in mixtures described
        by a statistical matrix.

     •  Determine the storage life of samples collected, i.e., impinger
        and adsorbent trapped samples.

     •  Complete characterization of Porapak  QS  and other specialized
        materials for use in adsorbent traps  for selective compound
        sampling.

     •  Design and evaluation of cartridge-type  adsorbent traps that can be
        stored for extended periods before and after use without changes
        in efficiency for sampling or degradation of trapped samples.

     •  Establish conditions to permit rapid  sampling and analysis of higher
        molecular weight amines and mercaptans.

     •  Choose from existing sources or design selective detectors for
        the identification and determination  of  reduced inorganic species.

     •  Improve or design new on-site monitors for reduced inorganic species
        in effluent streams.

     The sampling and analysis of reduced inorganic species is a very im-

portant area of study.  Very few current environmental assessment programs  are

using compound specific techniques for sampling  and analysis.  Therefore,

little information is being gained on the true risk associated with a given
source.
                                     96

-------
2.7  TASK 9  COAL MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION
2.7.1  Objective

     The purpose of the task was to investigate  the state of the art for
continuous coal mass flow and composition measurements, both to determine
current capabilities, and to investigate the need  for EPA involvement in
research and development efforts.   The types of  flow investigated were dry
coal flow (typically on a belt) and coal-water slurry flow.  Composition-
type measurements are performed on small samples (few grams) with lab-
oratory instruments and on dry slipstreams with  various instruments cur-
rently under development.  Measurement in slurries is presently limited to
only"slurry density.
2.7.2  Approach
     The task was divided into the following items:
     •  Literature  search
     •  Vendor and  user search and contact
     •  Evaluation  of information
     •  Calculations and analyses
     •  Field trip
     •  Preparation of final report
     The literature and vendor searches were used  to determine available
instrumentation and status of instrumentation currently under development.
Compiled information, along with user data, was  then used to compare the
various instruments.  We then performed calculations and analyses of our
own to determine  system limitations and errors.  A brief trip to the
Pittsburgh/Morgantown area was undertaken to visit key facilities.  A final
report, in the form of a technical manual, was then prepared.
     The only significant deviation from the original plan was a contrac-
tual one - shortly  after its inception, this task  was transferred to
Contract 68-02-2613, where it became Task 2, "Evaluation of Equipment
                                    97

-------
to Determine the Mass Flow of Coal  in Process Streams."  The latter task
title is somewhat misleading, since composition as well as mass flow was
considered.   The title of the final report, "Assessment of Instrumentation
for Monitoring Coal  Flowrate and Composition," is indicative of the work
performed.
2.7.3  Technical Discussion
     The task was a paper study evaluation of instrumentation.   The draft
final report was issued at the end  of February 1978,  and was published In
March of 1980.  The draft report is a 150-page document.  The Table of
Contents is presented as Figure 21  on the following page.
     The task logically divided itself into two areas:  flow instrumenta-
tion and analysis instrumentation.   The two areas differ widely not only
in terms of being different types of measurements, but also in terms of
state of development.
     Coal flow  rate instrumentation, especially for belt conveyors, is very
accurate and reliable.  Belt weighing devices are available from a large
number of vendors, are relatively inexpensive ($5,000-$!0,000 for a
1000 ton/hour capacity), and have accuracies in the range of ±0.1 percent
to ±1 percent of reading.  Vendor and literature data were obtained for
this type of instrument, establishing wide availability and ease of use.
Extensive talks were held with the Southern Weighing and Inspection Bureau,
the acknowledged authority in this area (by the National Bureau of Stan-
dards).  The Bureau's procedures for calibration and use of weigh belt
devices is presented in annotated form as an Appendix to the final report.
Belts are the most common means for short distance conveyance of coal at
                    .                                                  !S"
power plants.
     Slurry flow measurement is not quite as accurate as conveyor belt
measurements, but various techniques, most notably the electromagnetic
flowmeter and the ultrasonic flowmeter, are readily commercially available.
At present, there is very little demand for coal slurry flowmeters.   This
will likely change if long distance coal conveying in  slurry pipelines
becomes more widespread.  It is clear that existing instruments will  be
usable for slurry applications which may arise  in  the  future.
                                   98

-------
                                                 for
                                               Report
Abstract                                                              i11
List of Figures                                                         y
List of Tables                                                        V1-.j
Acknowledgements                                                       ^
Sections
   I  Introduction                                                      1
  II  Principles of  Instrument Operation                                3
      2.1  Coal Analysis  Instruments                                    5
      2.2  Flow Measurement  Instruments                                35
 III  Hardware Status                                                  66
      3.1  Coal Analysis  Instruments                                   66
      3.2  Flow Measurement  Instruments                                75
  IV  Ten Year Projection of Instrument Development                   103
      and Availability
   V  Summary and Conclusions                                        106
  VI  References                                                      108
 VII  Glossary                                                        112
VIII  Appendix - Procedure for Weigh  Belt  Calibration                 116
      and Use

-------
     Coal analysis instruments are of two types at present:  laboratory
instruments, which analyze a very microscopic sample of coal, and a variety
of instruments, currently in various stages of development, which analyze
part or all of an entire coal  stream for a specific property such as mois-
ture or sulfur.  Laboratory instruments are dependent on complex sampling
systems which extract a gram-sized sample from thousands of tons of coal.
Also, there is necessarily a large time lag between the start of the sampl-
ing process and the completion of the analysis, meaning that this approach
cannot be considered as continuous, real-time monitoring.
     The goal of continuous monitoring appears to be best attainable by
means of neutron activation instruments which can potentially analyze an
entire coal stream.  The approach operates on a "number of counts" basis,
resulting in typical sampling times of about five minutes, with the output
being an average reading for the sampling period.  This time response is
short enough that this type of device can be potentially used for control
purposes.  The development of neutron activation instruments for coal  anal-
ysis has been led in the U.S.  by the Morgantown Energy Research Center
 (DoE), which we visited in September 1977.  At that time, we were told
that a commercial neutron sulfur meter would probably be available within
two to three years.  We just received word, after sending the draft final
report to MERC, that due to a "reordering of priorities," they are stopping
work on neutron activation devices.  This essentially means that no one
in this country is presently doing work in this area.
2.7.4  Summary, and Recommendations
     The two-page summary section of the draft final report is presented
below.  The section will be modified in light of MERC's stoppage of their
neutron activation work, and we will suggest that EPA consider the pos-
sibility of continuing this development of neutron activation analyzers.
     Summary and Conclusions from  "Assessment of Instrumentation
     for Monitoring Coal Flow Rate and Composition"—
      Relevant  techniques were  presented  in detail  to give a general  under-
 standing and  to  give  an  idea  of fundamental  limitations.   For example, a
 difference in  ultimate utility between neutron activation devices and
                                   100

-------
fluorescence radiation devices is shown by the fact that the  former can
operate with a  penetration depth of order one meter, while  the  latter is
limited to penetration depth of order one millimeter.  This has strong
implications on instrument configuration and utility.
     In contrast to the rather sophisticated physics of coal  analysis
equipment, operation principles of most flow measurement devices are fairly
simple.   This simplicity has meant that flow measurement devices have been
more easily  developed, and have been in wide use for many years.
     The  material presented makes it clear that there are many  techniques
available for the measurements of interest.  Availability of  instrumenta-
tion,  however,  is another matter, especially in the case of coal analysis
devices.

      Instruments available now for coal analysis, with the  exception of the
neutron moisture meter, are capable of analyzing only small samples, which
means  that a sophisticated sampling system is required.  The  moisture
meter  itself is actually a hydrogen indicator, which means  that the coal
hydrogen  content must be known independently to determine the moisture
content.   It has been the observation of MERC personnel that  the hydrogen
content  in coal is in fact constant for a given coal type.  Development
of neutron activation instruments is not proceeding well, but a sulfur meter
is expected as  a production item within the next few yeats.   It is hoped, this
will  be  followed by modified  versions capable of determining  moisture and
heating  value.   Neutron activation devices -are of particular  interest
because  they hold the promise of sampling entire coal streams,  thus elim-
inating  the major problem of  obtaining a representative sample.
      Weigh belt devices, either electromechanical or nuclear, and electro-
magnetic  flowmeters (typically coupled with nuclear density gages) are  the
most  used devices for dry coal flow measurement and coal/water  slurry flow
measurement, respectively, and will be acceptable for most  situations.
Weigh  belt technology is especially highly developed, in part due to reg-
ulatory  considerations.  Intrusive devices may be applicable  to slurry
flow  measurements, but this has not been clearly demonstrated as yet.
                                     101

-------
     Weigh belt devices are sufficiently advanced,  and their use in many
situations sufficiently monitored by various regulatory agencies, that they
should not need EPA attention.   Similarly, electromagnetic flowmeters are
a very standard item and do not appear to need attention, in terms of field
evaluations for example, except in unusual circumstances.  As far as other
slurry flow measurement devices are concerned, we feel that a reasonable
approach is to let vendors demonstrate that their devices are acceptable
for (dense) coal/water slurries.
     At such time as devices like the neutron sulfur meter become com-
merically available, IERL will  likely wish to be involved in collaborative
testing or other evaluation of the devices.  This,  however, will  not be
taking place for at least a couple of years.
     Perhaps the most reasonable area for IERL investigation in the near
future is instrumentation/control systems which make use of the kinds of
instruments discussed in this report.  The thrust of the investigation
would be to determine how to make the best uses of available and soon-to-
be-avail able instrumentation to control the operation of sources such as
coal-fired utilities to minimize pollutant emissions through direct com-
bustion control and/or optimizing operation of devices such as wet scrub-
bers.  The greatest ultimate value of the instruments discussed herein is
not just as monitoring sensors, but as components in an active control
system, either on sources of direct coal combustion, or in coal cleaning
plants.
                                  102

-------
2.8  TASK 10   COAL SULFUR MEASUREMENTS
2.8.1  Objective

     The existing  literature and pertinent authorities  in the field of
sulfur analysis  were surveyed in order to determine  existing sulfur forms
methodology and  the nature of the need for improved  methodology.  As a
result of this survey a need for a more accurate organic sulfur analysis
procedure was  found.  To fulfill this, TRW proposed  two entirely new coal
organic sulfur analysis procedures, both based on the selective removal of
organic sulfur species present in coal via selective oxidation in an oxygen
plasma instrument.  The first procedure entailed the determination of
organic sulfur by difference between two highly accurate and precise BaSO.
gravimetric  procedures.  One on the starting coal and one performed on the
resultant ash  from an oxygen plasma decompositive of the coal matrix.  The
second procedure is the direct determination of organic sulfur by analysis
of solid  sorbents placed in the outlet line from the plasma asher used
to sorb effluent SO  species.
                    3\
2.8.2  Approach
     The  first step in the verification of the proposed techniques was to
search the  literature for pertinent information dealing with the reaction
of coal and  coal minerals under oxygen plasma conditions.   Few applicable
documents were found.  Because of the sparcity of applicable information a
detailed  evaluation of parameters that could affect the resultant accuracy
and precision  of techniques had to be performed.  The laboratory evaluation
of the two  proposed techniques  included the following:
      I)   Organic sulfur by difference between two BaS04 gravimetric
          procedures.
          •   Feasibility of technique by comparison with organic
             sulfur  values determined using ASTM D2492.
          t   Reactivity of commonly occurring sulfide minerals
             under plasma ashing conditions.
          •   Retention of sulfur by reaction with alkaline components
             of coal ash.
                                      103

-------
     2)  Direct determination of organic sulfur.
         •  Test various sorbent systems placed in outlet line of
            plasma asher for efficiency in removing SOX species.
2.8.3  Technical Discussion
     Coal  Sulfur Forms  Analysis  with  Indirect  Determination  of Organic
     Sulfur «
     This analysis procedure is  based on the selective removal  of the
organic matrix including organosulfur species  from coal  with a low tempera-
ture oxygen plasma.  The inorganic sulfur species  are quantitatively
retained in the remaining ash.   The Inorganic  sulfur in  the  ash is then
extracted with dilute nitric acid and determined gravimetrically  as BaS04
or speciated by ASTM D2492.
     An evaluation of the data  in the following sections shows that (1) the
plasma procedure yields more accurate and precise  results for inorganic
and organic sulfur than the ASTM procedures; (2) naturally occurring sul-
fides are not affected under plasma conditions; and (3)  organic sulfur
species are not retained in the  coal  ash by reaction with alkaline com-
pounds.  The actual procedure has been optimized and is  ready for testing
in other laboratories.
     Preliminary evaluation of the plasma ashing procedure was performed
on 13 coals.  The organic analysis results, Table  15  show that when  the
results are evaluated by coal basins, the ASTM-TRW-AA (an AA method developed
by TRW) and plasma ashing procedures give essentially identical results while
the standard ASTM procedure is  low by 5-6%.  In the case of  the interior
basin coals, the ASTM procedures are in good agreement while the plasma pro-
cedure is low by 10%.  Three of these coals are from the same area and
separate X-ray microprobe experiments have shown  that they contain pyritic
sulfur that is unextractable by the ASTM procedures.  If this unextractable
inorganic sulfur were extracted from the plasma ashed sample, this would be
the cause of the lower organic number.  Table 15 also shows  analysis of;sample
treated by the Meyers Process.   When before and after treatment values'are
compared, both the plasma ashing and the ASTM-TRW-AA procedures give consis-
tent results, while the ASTM procedure gives widely discrepant results that
tend to be significantly low for untreated Appalachian coaTs.  Thus, in
 f
                                   104

-------
         TABLE ,5.
                                                DETERmNATIoNs
— — — — 	 . 	 ___
Mine/Seam
• _ 	 , — . — _
E Seam (ROM)

E Seam (Cleaned)

Delmont
(Upper Freeport)
RirH
D 1 1 U
(Lower Kittannlng)
Egypt Valley
(Pittsburgh)
Fox
(Lower Kittanning)
Williams
(Pittsburgh)
Lucas
(Middle Kittanning)
Brookdale #77
(Lower Kittanning)
Old Ben #21 b
(Illinois #6)
Old Ben #24b
(Illinois #6)
Old Ben #26b
(Illinois #6)
Inland Steelb
(Illinois #6)
	 • 	 _ 	
Treated(T)a
Untreated(U)
U

U

U
T

U
T
U
T
T
T
U
T
U
U

U

U

U

U

	 • 	 	 	
ASTM Procedure
Std.
-
0.48
0.57
0.51
0.60
0.25
0.74

0.22
0.50
1.34
2.03
1.18
1.18
1.19
1.38
0.32
0.48

0.63

1.66

1.38

1.81

TRW-AA
^^^~™^™^™"^"-™««iii™
0.46
0.66
0.57
0.68
0.79
0.74

0.54
0.55
1.78
1.81
0.90
0.91
1.48
1.40
0.50
0.48

0.60

1.57

1.34

1.80

— — — _____ _
Plasma
Ashed
—
0.52
0.59
0.60
0.65
0.81
0.64

0.62
0.55
1.97
1.81
0.90
0.92
1.42
1.41
0.49
0.46

0.45

1.57

1.19

1.66

a)  Treated by Meyers Process to remove pyritic sulfur and
    adjusted for mineral matter (ash) changes.

b)  Eastern interior basin coals.
                                105

-------
reference to evaluation of coal  cleaning processes, it appears that the ASTM
procedure gives results dependent on coal processing while the other two
procedures give results that are virtually independent of the history of the
coal.  A thorough comparative evaluation of the proposed procedure with ASTM
methods was performed in triplicate on coals chosen to represent a
variety of ten seams in the Appalachian and Eastern Interior coal basins.
     From the tabulation of results in Table 16, it is seen that the ASTM
titriraetric pyritic sulfur values exhibit a distinct negative bias when
compared to values determined by AA.  The exact reason for this bias is
difficult to explain because the pyritic iron was determined on aliquots
of the same extract for both procedures.  In addition, the same iron
standard was used for calibration of both analytical procedures.  One possible
explanation for this bias is loss of iron during the iron hydroxide
precipitation, filtration and redissolution step which is necessary for the
titrimetric procedure but not for the AA determination.  This explanation is
consistent when the total inorganic values (sulfate sulfur and pyritic sulfur)
determined using the two ASTM procedures are compared to the TRW plasma-
total inorganic values  (Table 17); the results using the AA technique are
in excellent agreement with the values obtained in the plasma ash procedure
for  the Appalachian coals.  This agreement for total inorganic sulfur is
directly reflected in the organic sulfur values contained in Table 18.  The
ASTM analyses of Eastern Interior Coals exhibit a positive bias for organic
sulfur when compared with the plasma procedure.  This bias probably is
the  result of the presence of very fine pyrite present in these coals which
is not extracted with nitric acid in the ASTM procedure.  This is subs-
tantiated by the electron probe microanalysis studies which show measurable
amount.  The presence of very fine pyrite can also explain the large
differences in total inorganic sulfur experienced with the tailings sample.
     Additional experimentation was performed on 10 coals to test the
application of the ASTM sulfur forms extraction procedure on the plasma ash
and  to compare the corresponding analysis of the whole coal.  ASTM  D2492
was  used for both sulfate extraction and analysis.  The analysis of pyritic
iron in the HNO^ extract was performed  by the TRW-AA  atomic absorption
method in both cases rather than a proposed ASTM-AA method.  However, this
was  done because TRW has found the ASTM method to  be  considerably less
                                    106

-------
                            TABLE  16.   COMPARISON OF  SULFUR  FORMS ANALYSIS METHODS
Mine
Old Ben 121
Old Ben 126
Inland Pea body
Martlnka
E-Seara
C-Prlme
Mathies
Lucas
Musklngum
Tailings from
Central Ohio
Coal Co.
Coal Seam
Illinois #6
Illinois 16
Illinois IS
L. K manning
U. Freeport
U. K1ttann1ng
Plttsburg
H. Kittanning
Meiggs Creek 19
Meiggs Creek #9
Coal Basin
Eastern Interior
Eastern Interior
Eastern Interior
Appalachian
Appalachian
Appalachian
Appalachian
Appalachian
Appalachian
Appalachian
Pooled Std. Dev.
Total Sulfur
Eschka
1.11 ±0.032
2.26 ±0.031
3.24 ±0.012
1.59 ±0.058
1.04 ±0.015
1.52 ±0.032
1.60 ±0.020
1.70 ±0.025
5.71 ±0.051
3.28 ±0.035
tO. 034
Leco
1.28 ±0.030
2.21 ±0.031
3.11 ±0.071
1.59 ±0.059
1.06 ±0.025
1.42 ±0.040
1.52 ±0.075
1.69 ±0.044
5.62 ±0.061
3.31 ±0.096
tO. 058
Pyrltlc Sulfur1 -ASTM
Titratlon3
0.32 ±0.045
0.65 ±0.036
0.94 ±0.028
1.16 ±0.097
0.25 ±0.010
0.74 ±0.040
0.57 ±0.026
0.67 ±0.006
1.87 ±0.066
1.87 ±0.074
±0.051
AAZ
0.48 ±0.066
0.77 ±0.006
1.03 ±0.006
1.33 ±0.130
0.34 ±0.006
0.90 ±0.007
0.66 ±0.006
0.82 ±0.006
2.42 ±0.040
1.92 ±0.170
±0.072
Sul fate
Sul fur3
ASTM
0.08 ±0.000
0.16 ±0.006
0.38 ±0.012
0.12 ±0.006
0.08 ±0.006
0.08 ±0.000
0.47 ±0.021
0.44 ±0.006
1.22 ±0.092
0.02 ±0.000
±0.030
Total Inorganic
TRW Plasma Ash
0.71 ±0.011
1.25 ±0,015
1.59 ±0.015
1.49 ±0.015
0.40 ±0.036
0.96 ±0.006
1.20 ±0.010
1.19 ±0.011
3.33 ±0.040
2.52 ±0.035
40.023
Extraction performed by ASTM 02492; both analysis were performed on same solution.
ZThe proposed ASTM Atomic Absorption procedure MBS used.
3ASTM D2492.

-------
             TABLE 17.   TOTAL  INORGANIC SULFUR COMPARISON1
Coal
Old Ben #21
Old Ben #26
Inland Peabody
Martinka
' E-Seam
C-Prime
Mathies
Lucas
Muskingum
| Tailings from
Central Ohio Coal Co.
Pooled Standard
Deviation
ASTM Titration2
0.40
0.81
1.32
1.28
0.33
0.82
1.04
1.11
3.09
1.89
±0.059
ASTM AA3
0.56
0.93
1.41
1.45
0.42
0.98
1.13
1.26
3.64
1.94
±0.078
TRW Plasma
0.71
1.25
1.59
1.49
0.40
0.96
1.20
1,19
3". 33
2.52
±0.023
1.  Sum of sulfate and pyritic  sulfur  for  the ASTM methods  and
    determined directly in the  plasma  ashing method.

2.  ASTM sulfate sulfur plus  pyritic sulfur determined  by titration
    of pyritic Iron.

3.  ASTM sulfate sulfur plus  pyritic sulfur determined  by the
    proposed ASTM procedure for determination of  iron by atomic
    absorption.
                                 108

-------
TABLE 18.  ORGANIC SULFUR

Coal
Old Ben #21
Old Ben #26
Inland Peabody
', Martinka
i
i
! E-Seam
(
i C- Prime
Mathies
Lucas
Muskingum
Tailings from
Central Ohio Coal Co.
Pooled Standard Deviation
ASTM
i
Titration
0.71
1.45
1.92
0.31
0.71
0.70
0.56
0.59
2.62
1.39
±0.058
AA
0.55
1.33
1.83
0.14
0.62
0.54
0.47
0.44
2.07
1.34
±0.085
TRW
Plasma
0.40
1.01
1.65
0.10
0.64
0.56
0.40
0.51
2.38
0.76
±0.041
          109

-------
precise.  The principal deviations in the TRW method are the use of the

less sensitive iron line at 244.0 nm and the omission of lanthanum as a

background suppressant.  These analyses, performed 1n triplicate, are

presented in Table 19.  The following observations can be made upon

examining this table.

     •  Sulfate sulfur values are comparable between methods for the
        Appalachian coals.  (The single exception is the tailings
        sample.)  The eastern interior coals all exhibit a higher
        sulfate content using the plasma procedure.  From these
        results it appears that not only is frambodial pyrite diffi-
        cult to extract using the ASTM procedure applied to whole
        coal but also the frambodial sulfate equivalent.

     •  Plasma ash pyritic sulfur was determined using a TRW atomic
        absorption iron procedure which is substantially different
        than the ASTM procedure.  The pooled standard deviation of
        the TRW procedure was calculated at +0.021 as compared to
        +0.068 for the ASTM procedure.  This shows a substantial
        improvement in precision over the ASTM procedure.

     •  Comparison of pyritic sulfur values is seen to follow the
        postulated trend with the Eastern interior coals (with the
        exception of Old Ben #21) exhibiting a higher plasma pyritic
        content than the ASTM values.  Four of the Appalachian coals
        show excellent agreement in pyritic sulfur comparison.  The
        Martinka, Lucas and Muskingum coals show some deviation
        from expected values.  The reason for this poor comparison
        is unknown.

     •  The last three columns of Table 19 compare the total inorganic
        sulfur values from each of the three techniques used.  Com-
        parison of these values shows the expected trend, i.e., high
        total inorganic values for Eastern Interior coals using the
        plasma procedures and agreement in values for Appalachian
        coals (except the tailings sample).  A least squares linear
        regression analysis was performed to compare the total
        inorganic values obtained using the two plasma procedures.
        This results in a correlation coefficient of 0.992, a slope
        of 1.03 and an intercept of -0.028 showing the excellent
        agreement between the two methods.

     t  The double analysis required for inorganic speciation results
        in a change in precision from +0.023 to +0.042.  Thus, the
        most precise value for organic sulfur is obtained when a
        single total inorganic sulfur analysis is used.
                                    110

-------
                      TABLE  19.   COMPARISON  OF INORGANIC SPECIATION METHODS
Coal
Old Ben 21
Old Ben 26
Inland Peabody
Marti nka
E-Seam
C-Pr1me
Mathies
Lacas
MusMngum
Tailings
Pooled Std. Dev.
Sulfate Sulfur
ASTM
0.08 ±0.000
0,16 ±0.006
0.38 ±0.012
0.12 ±0.006
0.08 ±0.006
0.08 ±0.000
0.47 ±0.021
0.44 ±0.006
1.22 ±0.092
0.02 ±0.010
±0.030
Plasma
0.22 ±0.015
0.29 ±0.064
0,53 ±0.074
0.23 ±0.002
0,10 ±0.006
0.16 ±0.009
0.59 ±0.028
0.47 ±0.013
1 .25 ±0.040
0.44 ±0.020
±0.036
Pyritlc Sulfur (AA)
ASTM(AA)
0,48 ±0.066
0.77 ±0,000
1,03 ±0,006
1.33 ±0.130
0.38 ±0,006
0,90 ±0.007
0.66 ±0.006
0.82 ±0.006
2.42 ±0.040
1.92 ±0.170
±0.068
Plasma
0.41 ±0.013
0.91 ±0.010
1.17 ±0.024
1.12 ±0.002
0.27 ±0f004
0.87 ±0.017
0,57 ±0.011
0.96 ±0.040
2.20 ±0,041
2.04 ±0.000
±0.021
Total Inorganic Sulfur
ASTM1
0.56
0.93
1.41
1.45
0.42
0.98
1.13
1.26
3.64
1.94
±0.078
1 2
Plasma
0.71 ±0.011
1.25 ±0.015
1.59 ±0.015
1.49 ±0.015
0.40 ±0.036
0.96 ±0.006
1.20 ±0.010
1.19 ±0.011
3.33 ±0.040
2.52 ±0.035
±0.023
Plasma
0.63
1.20
1.70
1.35
0.37
1.03
1.16
1.43
3.45
2.48
±0.042
 Sum of sulfate and pyrltlc sulfur
"HN03 extraction and gravimetric sulfate

-------
     Sulfur Speciatlon in Liquified Coal Samples —
     The present state of the art for coal analysis is seriously deficient
for the sulfur forms analysis of samples in which the coal matrix has been
altered significantly.  This includes coke, gasified or partially gasified
coal, and liquified coal samples.  The problem lies in the fact that the
ASTM procedure relies on the assumption that the inorganic sulfur species
can be extracted from the surface or by penetration of the acid into the
coal pores.  Thus, anything that changes the coal structure significantly
alters the basis for this assumption.  Liquified coal is the worst case
because coal is changed into a liquid and as a result the inorganic species
are coated with a hydrophobic liquid.  The plasma ashing procedure avoids
this problem by removing the organic matrix before any analysis is
attempted.  In the experiments listed below no inorganic speciation was
attempted because the inorganic sulfur was expected to be very low and the
conditions under which the product was produced were expected to convert
all inorganic sulfur into iron sulfide, FeS.
     Four liquified coal samples obtained from Sandia Corp. of Albuquerque,
New Mexico, were analyzed for total, inorganic, and organic (by difference)
sulfur content using the oxygen plasma analytical procedure, with a slight
modification to minimize frothing of volatile components of these samples.
The results summarized in Table 20 show that in addition to removal of
inorganic sulfur by filtration, substantial additional sulfur was removed
in the 430°C filtered runs.  The Illinois No. 6 results show that this
method is capable of a high degree of precision, while the poor precision
on the Kentucky No. 11 results probably indicates a degree of nonhomogeneity
in the sample as the result of settling.  It should be noted that this analysis
indicates that both forms of sulfur varied under the experimental conditions
employed.  The form of sulfur that changes the most can be very important from
an engineering point of view in order to avoid an expensive design modification
that may not be appropriate.  This type of information is not presently
available from ASTM or other procedures.
     Direct Organic Sulfur Determination by Plasma Ashing and SO  Sorption —
                                                                /\
     One of the objectives of this task was to investigate the feasibility of
determining organic sulfur directly.  Development of such a system would
be advantageous in that (1) a direct sulfur mass balance would be possible,
                                     112

-------
                        TABLE  20.  SULFUR  FORMS  ANALYSIS OF LIQUIFIED COAL

Sample*
Description
Illinois No. 6
Filtered
Unfiltered
Kentucky No. 11
Filtered
Unfiltered
Sulfur Analysis, % w/w
Total1
-0.52 ±0.010
0.75 ±0.023
0.67 ±0.112
1.11 ±0.136
2
Total Inorganic
0.02 ±0.007
0.10 ±0.014
0.02 ±0.014
0.06 ±0.021
Organic (by difference)
0.50 ±0.012
0.65 ±0.027
0.65+0.187
1.05+0.138
Ash Content
2.9, 2.6
6.2, 9.0
3.6, 5.7
5.4, 7.6
1
 Average triplicate determinations
"Average of duplicates
 Runs done at 430°C
*Runs done at 410°C

-------
(2) the necessity of performing an Eschka total sulfur and inorganic
sulfur analysis would be eliminated, (3) direct determination would
eliminate all the cumulative extraction and analysis errors, increasing
the precision and accuracy of the analysis, and (4) if all four sulfur
analyses (total, sulfate, pyritic, and organic) were performed directly,
an error analysis of the individual analysis would be possible.
     The experimentation was based on the fact that organo sulfur compounds
contained in the coal matrix are converted into SOX during the oxygen plasma
decomposition.  The preferred way of measurement is the use of solid sorbent
because of the time for decomposition, vacuum conditions, and presence of  ,
oxygen and ozone in the exit gases.  Based on data in current literature,
NaxC03, NaHCOg, NH.CCU, KOH, CaO and KMnO. deposited on silica gel and
molecular sieve 13x were selected for evaluation.
     The results of 20 experimental runs are shown in Table 21.  In all the
experiments, 17 to 41 percent of the added SCL was found retained within
the reactor chamber of the plasma asher.  Because of the physical configuration
of the instrument, not all of the internal surfaces could be cleaned;
therefore, the reported total values could be low by an unknown and possibly
varying amount.  The sorption of SO  species on the chamber walls was unexpected
                                   J\
and the mechanism is unexplained at this time.  It is felt that the problem can
be circumvented.  Using a different reactor design in smaller removable
chambers (for ease of cleaning) and placing the sorbent canisters either
within or directly' behind the reactor chambers would eliminate sorption
sites which cannot be cleaned without completely dismantling the instrument.
As redesign and fabrication were outside the scope of the task, further
experimentation was discontinued.
2.8.4  Conclusions and Recommendations
     Conclusions--
     A new technique for sulfur forms analysis has been developed in
response to a long term need by the coal cleaning commmunity for a more
accurate and precise procedure.  In this method, low temperature oxygen
plasma ashing is used to selectively remove the organic matrix so that
inorganic sulfur can be extracted and analyzed without interferences
associated with the organic matrix.  The inorganic sulfur can be analyzed

                                    114

-------
                   TABLE  21.   EVALUATION OF SOLID SORBENTS FOR SO., SORPTION UNDER PLASMA CONDITIONS
Sorbent System (mM)
Test
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Temperature
25°C
25°C
25°C
25°C
25°C
100°C
100°C
100°C
100°C
25°C
25°c
25°C
KMn04
•*
12
6
6
-
4.
4
10
-
KOH
13
•
6
m
26
4
•t
-
9
13X mole sieve
16/30 mesh
13X mole sieve
30/50 mesh
13X mole sieve
30/50 mesh
rerun
% Recovery
Reactor
Chamber
30
13
41
23
23
13
24
28
17
21
17
21
Sorbent
15
32
14
67
40
21
23
20
23
42
71
87
Total
45
45
55
90
63
34
47
48
40
63
88
108
(71
                                                                                                 (Continued)

-------
                           TABLE 21.  (Continued")
Sorbent System mM
Test
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
.20
&
Temperature
c
25
25
25
100
25
25
100
25
KMn04
6
3
-
-
-
-
-
NaOH
10
10
-
-
10
-
-
NH VO,,
4 3
-
-
-
-
-
5
5
CaO
-
~
148
167
-
-
-
Activated Silica Gel Double Trap
40/80 mesh • i
% Recovery
Reactor
Chamber
34
37
36
23
33
20
41
36*
Sorbent
10
14 -
18
39
15
6
18
15*
Total
44
51
54
62
48
26
59
51*
Total of both traps

-------
for sulfur forms  by a modified ASTM technique or total  inorganic  sulfur

by a highly accurate BaS04 gravimetric procedure.   Specific  findings are
listed below.

     •  Plasma  ashing is greater than 99% specific to the organic
        ?acn2kts   ^ cy se.Parate oxidation studies on FeS?(pyrite),
        FeS,  PbS, and ZnS.  The converted sulfide minerals are oxi-
        dized to  sulfate.  Thus, sulfur does not leave the system.

     •  Alkaline  components such as CaCO-, or CaO do not retain orqanic
        sulfur even when present at the 6% w/w level.

     •  The  presence of iron and large amounts of nitrate does not
        interfere with the BaS04 procedure for total inorganic sulfur.
        The  standard procedure to remove these possible interferences
        results in reduced recoveries and an increase in the variance.

     •  The  pH in the BaSOd precipitation must be adjusted to 1 to
        avoid excessive solubilization of 83504.  A PH greater than 1
        can  result in the precipitation of iron in certain cases.

     •  Sulfur forms analysis can be made on liquified coal  which can-
        not  be analyzed by the ASTM procedure.

     A  detailed examination of the precision and accuracy of the  proposed

 method  with  the ASTM D2492, the proposed ASTM atomic absorption  (AA)
 modification to D2492, the TRW AA method, the Leco combustion method for

 total  sulfur, and the new plasma ashing method has shown that:

     •  Total inorganic sulfur can be determined with a precision of
        +0.02% as compared to +0.05-0.08% for the ASTM procedure.

     •  The precision for proposed ASTM AA modifications of the ASTM
         D2492 for pyritic iron is 0.06-0.7% as compared to 0.01-0.02%
         for the TRW-AA procedure.  The TRW method uses a less sensi-
         time iron line and includes background correction rather  than
         background suppressing additives.

     •  The Leco combustion method gives results equivalent to the
         Eschka method but with a reduction  in precision from +0.02-
        0.03% to +0.06%.

     •   Discrepancies between the actual values obtained by the ASTM
        method and the plasma ashing method have been resolved in
         favor of the plasma ashing method.

     t  Agreement between the ASTM-AA method and especially the
        TRW-AA method is generally better than with  the ASTM D2
                                     117

-------
     The feasibility of a direct organic sulfur analysis by plasma oxida-

tion with subsequent trapping of the organic SOX species on solid sorbents

placed in the exit port of the plasma reaction chamber has also been

demonstrated.

     Recommendations--

     The following recommendations are made:

     •  The oxygen plasma coal sulfur forms analysis procedure should
        be further tested under round robin conditions to determine
        variability between laboratories.

     t  A larger cross section of coal regions and seams should be
        analyzed in replicate with results compared to ASTM D2492.

     t  Additional liquified coal samples, and samples obtained from
        other types of coal desulfurization systems should be analyzed
        by both the plasma and ASTM procedure (where applicable) and
        results compared.

     •  A separate program should be initiated to develop the direct
        determination of organic sulfur using the plasma technique
        and the concept of solid sorbents.  The effort should be scoped
        to include hardware as well as methods development/optimization
        and also investigation of other organically bound species such
        as nitrogen and halogens.
                                   118

-------
2.9  TASK 12  CONTINUOUS FLOW IMPACTOR
2.9.1  Objective

     The purpose  of the task was to determine the feasibility of an Tmpactor
in which the  collection "surface" is the interface between  two opposing
jets.  The concept was first suggested by TRW in the "Particulate Sampling
and  Support"  proposal  to PMB in 1975.
2.9.2  Approach
     When the task started, the concept was solely that -a concept.  No
analytical or experimental work had been done to determine  feasibility.
The  task was  initiated with a brief literature search and analytical effort
to determine  a  key property of the device - stability of the interface
between two  impinging jets.  When evidence of good stability properties was
found, we proceeded with design, construction, and testing  of a laboratory
instrument.   Results of the test work were positive, showing separation
efficiencies  similar to commercially available impactors.   A draft final
report was then issued.
2.9.3   Technical  Discussion
     All of  the primary task objectives were accomplished.  Test hardware
was  fabricated  after an initial literature search indicated feasibility of
the  concept.   Particle separation testing showed good correlation between
the  calculated  and measured 50 percent cutoff points, which showed that the
device  is functionally similar to a standard impactor.  Preliminary design
work showed  that it will be reasonable to integrate multistage  hardware
into a  probe  capable of being inserted through a standard four-inch pipe
nipple, with  an optical monitoring subsystem on each of five output streams.
Important questions to be answered during further development deal with
instrument accuracy, cost, reliability, and handling characteristics.
Basic proof-of-principie, including demonstration of a field acceptable
hardware concept, has been accomplished.
                                    119

-------
     Luna's work was very helpful in providing a basic understanding of
the stability of impinging gas jets.  Because of the projected use for the
continuous flow impactor, process stream sampling, our hardware configura-
tion differed significantly from Luna's.  It was one of these differences -
lack of active control over the individual inlet flowrates, which was the
source of the major flow instability observed early in the test program.
This instability was the single largest surprise received during testing,
although the probability of its occurrence is obvious in retrospect.
     Particle separation testing went smoothly once all the equipment was
put in working order and the test setup was finalized.  There was a signifi-
cant schedule loss due to failure of the first particle counter use — all
data were taken using a second counter.  The particle generator operation
was consistent and reasonably trouble free.  The main difficulty associated
with its use was a need to change solution strengths relatively often to
cover a range of particle sizes.
     The separation test data are considered  good for a first effort on
a new type of device.   Explanations  of data trends  suggest that the
actual  performance of the device was better than  the test data show,
due to less than optimum placement of the sampling  tube.   If subsequent
testing shows this to be the case, as we believe  it will, then the con-
tinuous flow impactor will  have performance capabilities, in terms of
sharpness of cutoff,  at least comparable to presently available staged
impactors.   This capability, in addition to the basic advantage of con-
tinuous operation,  make the device well  worthy of further development.
     The final  subtask was a brief study to ensure that the instrument
could be packaged for in situ monitoring, and to investigate the use of
optical  techniques to monitor the output streams.  Based primarily on
laboratory test data,  the current opinion is  that packaging impactor
modules and optics in a probe to fit a standard four-inch pipe nipple will
not present a problem, nor will it have a notably adverse affect on
                                  120

-------
accuracy.  Loss of  accuracy during extraction process would  likely be
greater than  that which will occur due to compromises required  to obtain
an in situ instrument.

      The  next step in instrument development should be a very brief  test
 program to confirm the current thoughts on instrument performance.   This
 would consist of such tasks as oxygen analyzer testing plus  a small  amount
 of particle separation testing with  proper placement of the  sampling tube.
 This testing should be followed by a demonstration of the optical subsystem,
 which could be done mainly  with available in-house components.   The  follow-
 ing stage would be development of a  field usable prototype.   The simplicity
 of the continuous flow impactor components and assembly, its coordination
 of many of the attractive features of traditional impactors  and optical
 particle counters while avoiding their primary drawbacks, and its potential
 usefulness as a diagnostic  and monitoring tool, all strongly recommend that
 the effort begun during this  task should be continued.

 2.9.4  Summary and Recpmmendatlons
      Within  the scope of the current program, the next logical  step  is to
 perform a small  amount of laboratory testing to confirm that the present
 thoughts  on  instrument operation are correct, and to obtain  proper
 calibration  data.  This should be followed by construction of an in-situ
 two-stage device with collection on filters to verify the design of a
 field unit and to demonstrate acceptable operation of a staged  unit.   We
 can  then  proceed with development of the more complex optical system for
 the  continuous monitoring configuration in a future contract.
      It was  concluded that:
      §  The  concept of using two impinging jets for the purpose of inertial
        particle separation has been shown to be technically viable.
      •  In addition,  preliminary design studies indicate that a staged
        impactor can  easily be integrated into a sampling probe to perform
        In situ  particulate size distribution measurements.
      •  Feasibility of a simple optical  system compatible with  the in situ
        sampling  hardware has been shown analytically.
      .  The  continous flow impactor  has a potentially greater accuracy
        capability  than standard impactors since it in^"5nment
        traditional  problems of particle bounce and reentrainment.

                                    121

-------
•  Potential applications for the continuous flow impactor include
   control device evaluation, continuous monitoring of particulate
   emission for regulatory purposes, and collection of particles in
   an inert atmosphere to quench chemical reactions.

•  A basic understanding of these continuous flow impactor operational
   characteristics has been attained.  This can serve as a background
   for development of a commercially viable instrument.

Based on these findings TRW recommends that:

•  All small test programs should be carried out using the existing.
   laboratory test unit in order to fully confirm the present
   understanding of the device's operational characteristics.
t  A second small test program should be initiated to demonstrate
   the selected optical monitoring technique.
t  The demonstrated performance and potential  usefulness of the
   continuous flow impactor argue strongly for development and
   testing of a field worthy prototype instrument.   This development
   should be pursued.
                              122

-------
2.10   TASK 13   UNDERSTANDING S03 DATA
2.10.1   Objective

     The objective  of this task was to develop a stack  saving procedure
for the measurement of the mass emission rate of sulfur trioxide within
a precision of £10% but not to exceed +20%.
2.10.2  Approach
     This  task consisted of subtasks devoted to the  selection, laboratory
and field  testing of the S03 sampling train.  The selection subtask con-
sisted of  a literature survey to find and evaluate potential S03 sampling
systems.   The procedures found were evaluated based  on:
                            •  Selectivity
                            •  Sensitivity
                            •  Accuracy
                            •  Precision
                            •  Ease of Operation
                            •  Reliability
     Once  the candidate procedure was selected, laboratory testing was
initiated.
     The laboratory testing consisted of generating  known streams  of
HpS04 in the  presence of varying amounts of  S02, 02, and H20.  In  addition,
the' recovery  of  H2S04 was studied when flyash was placed on the quartz
filter.
     After the operation of the S03 sampling system was optimized  in the
laboratory, field tests were made at the Shawnee Test Facility in  Paducah,
Kentucky.  These  tests were conducted at the inlet and outlet of the FGD
units at Paducah  to determine the field  utility of the equipment and
procedures developed.
2.10.3  Technical Discussion
     Literature Survey—
    The systems used to quantify H2S04 are based on  selective absorption or
controlled condensation.   Selective  absorption uses  an  impinger with 80%
                                     123

-------
isopropyl alcohol  to collect the S03 and to pass the S02.  The S02 is
collected in a back-up impinger of 3% H202.  This method is currently
the basis of the EPA Method 8, a compliance test for sulfuric acid mist.
The major problem with this procedure is the lack of a pre-filter to
effectively prevent particulate matter from reaching the IPA impinger.
The particulate matter in the impinger can act either as a direct inter-
ferent by contributing S07 from sulfate salts, or as an indirect interferent
by catalyzing the S(L to S04 oxidation in the liquid phase through action
of trace elements like Fe, Cu or V.
     The controlled condensation approach was first proposed by Knol (12)
and has been further developed by Goksoyr and Ross (13).   The Goksoyr-
Ross system is the basis of an ASTM procedure for SO  (14).  In the con-
                                                    X
trolled condensation approach, S03 is separated from the gas stream by
cooling the temperature of the flue gas below the dew point for SCk but
above the dew point of H20.  The resulting aerosol is either collected
on the walls of the cooling coil or on a back-up frit.  Investigators
(15, 16) studying controlled condensation in the laboratory have found the
precision and accuracy to be +6% in synthetic gas streams.
     On the basis of this prior work, the controlled condensation coil was
selected for additional study.
     Laboratory Interference Studies --
     A sulfuric acid generator based on the design of Lisle and Sensen-
baugh  (15) was modified and used to provide test gas streams of varying
H2S04, H20, S02> 02, and N2.  The generator was 12 mm OD quartz tube with
a side arm injection port to introduce liquids onto a heated coarse quartz
frit (Figure 22).  The evaporator was wrapped with heating tape to      !
vaporize solutions of H2S04 that were metered into the evaporator using a
syringe pump.  Gas out temperatures ranged from 300°C-350CC.  Adjusting the
H2S04 solution strength and flow produced a range of H2SO. and water
concentrations.  The addition of the extra coarse quartz frit, ensured
an even flow and evaporation of the H2S04 solution.  The original design
tended to produce bursts of steam as the solution droplets hit the hot
zone of the evaporator.
                                    124

-------
                                   BACK PRESSURE GAUGE
ro
tn
                              S02 (25%)

-1 II 	 K
o
-til

                                                                    SYRINGE PUMP
                                         TEFLON TUBE

                                          COARSE QUARTZ FRIT

                                            EVAPORATOR
                                                        . HEATING MANTLE
                                                                                     TO IMPINGERS
                                                                                     AND PUMP
CONTROLLED
CONDENSATION
COIL
                                     "PRELIMINARY EXPERIMENTS RAN WITH ASTM D-3226-73T
                                      QUARTZ WOOL PLUG FILTER.
                                          Figure 22.  Experimental Apparatus

-------
     The initial set of experiments sought to optimize H2S04 recovery by
changing the condenser temperature.  In the course of these tests, in-
formation was also obtained on H2$04 absorption characteristics at different
temperatures.  The tests showed that:
     •  Temperatures at or below 130°C were not adequate to prevent
        H2S04 fallout in the probe or quartz wool section.
     •  Sulfuric acid collection efficiency over wide ranges of per-
        centage moisture (4%-8%), H2S04 concentration (10-20 ppm), and
        controlled  condensation condenser (CCC) temperature (35°C-60°C)
        was 95% with a coefficient of variance +6.7%.
     Concurrent with the above studies, field tests of the controlled
condensation system conducted under Task 2 indicated significant portions
(30%) of the H2SO. were being collected on the quartz wool plug placed in
the probe to filter the flue gas particulate matter.  At the same time,  it
was noted that fine particulate matter was passing through quartz wool and
slowly plugging the CCC frit.
     To solve these problems, an all-quartz filter holder (see Figure 23)
was designed and built.  The filter holder was fabricated by placing a
coarse quartz frit in the female half of a standard taper joint and adding
a short extension to the male joint to form a seal when a filter pad made
out of Pall flex Tissuequartz was placed on the frit.  Heating was
accomplished using a Glass-Col heating mantle, and outlet gas temperatures
were monitored with a thermocouple placed directly behind the frit.
The initial system checkout showed that gas temperatures above 250°C were
easily maintained.  Tests were continued with this filter and it was
found that:
     •  New filter design proved to be inert to HpSO. and showed high
        recoveries  (92% - C.V. ±3.3%) for H2S04 concentrations from 1 to
        28 ppm H2S04-
     •  No H2S04 was seen on filter when gas-out temperatures were above
        250°C.
     t  Within the detection limits of the analysis scheme, no H2SO.
        was found when S02 and 02 were passed through the filter.

                                    126

-------
          18/9
          BALL
                                 SPRING
                                 ATTACHMENT
                                 HOOKS
TISSUE QUARTZ
FILTER
                THERMOCOUPLE
                  / WELL
ro
•xi
                   18/9
                  SOCKET
                                STANDARD
                                TAPER QUARTZ
                                40/50
 SEAL
 EXTENTION
 TO STD.
 TAPER JOINT
EXTRA COARSE
QUARTZ FRIT
                                     Figure 23.  Quartz Filter Holder

-------
In addition to these tests where gaseous components were varied, known
amounts of flyash from the Shawnee Power Plant were placed on the quartz
filter and H2$04 recovery tests initiated.   Table 22 summarizes the
results.

                 i  TABLE 22.  RESULTS OF FLYASH TESTS
Equivalent
Fly Ash
(g/m3)
1.3
1.3
1.3
0.13
ppm
H2S04
9
12
11
11
°2
8
8
8
8
ppm
so2
0
650
5300
700
Percentage H2SO, Found
Filter
15
14
11
0
CCC
81
86
87
89
Total
96
100
98
89
     As Table 22 shows, reduced amounts of H^SO. were recovered in the
coil, though the HgSO^ mass balance (obtained through titrating the fly-
ash and expressing any alkalinity change in milliequivalents) was quite
good.
     Field Tests --
     Extensive field trials with the CCS were conducted on a pilot FGD
located at a TVA coal-fired power plant in Paducah, Kentucky.  This
pilot facility is a prototype Flue Gas Desulfurization (FGD) Unit utilizing
wet lime or limestone SOp scrubbing chemistry.  The feed for the unit is a
slipstream taken from the number 10 boiler either prior to or after the
ESP.  The inlet flue gas mass particulate loadings were approximately
        •3          3              3
11.4 g/nr3, 0.17 g/m , and 0.06 g/m , depending on whether the gas was
obtained directly from the boiler, from the outlet of the ESP, or from the
outlet of the FGD unit, respectively.  Sulfur dioxide concentrations varied
from 2,000 to 4,000 ppm at the inlet and approximately 400 to 800 ppm exit-
Jig the unit.  Gas temperatures and moisture percent varied from 165°C to
121°C and 8% to  17%, respectively, across the FGD unit.
                                   128

-------
     The field test  consisted of simultaneous inlet/outlet H,S(L measure-
ments across the  FGD unit taken over a period of approximately 5o days   The
average inlet H2S04  value was 8.3 ppm (ranged from 0.4-24.8 ppm) while the
average outlet value was  3.1  ppm (ranged from 0.0 to  13.9 ppm).  The coeffi-
cient of variance was +66.3%.
     Since the  inlet^^ coefficient of variance  (CVT) represents the
sum, [(CVT) = [(CVS)   + (CVM)  ] V2] of source fluctuation (CV$) and method
error (CVM), the  source fluctuation can be estimated  by assigning a co-
efficient of variance to the field CCS.  This coefficient of variance
reflects errors in  reading temperature and pressures, accuracy of leak
rates, as well  as rinsing recovery or titration errors which might affect
the ultimate calculation of the H2S04 concentrations.  It is estimated that
the field accuracy  of the CCS is +11%, and thus the coefficient of vari-
ance of the source  is +65%.  This high CV$ implies  that to obtain a good
average H2S04 value from this type of source, it will be necessary to take
a large number  of samples spread out over a period  of days.
2.10.4  Summary of  Results and Recommendations
     As a result of this test program, these facts  were learned about the
CCS:
     1)  The average laboratory coefficient of variance was +7%.
     2)  Oxidation  of SO- did not occur at the recommended filter holder
         temperatures with 4000 ppm S02 and 8% 02.  Also fly ash from a
         coal-fired utility placed on the filter did  not have a catalytic
         effect under those conditions.
     3)  When 0.3 g of fly ash equivalent to 1.3 g/m3 was placed on the
         surface of the filter, the amount of HoS04 recovered was reduced
         by M2% when a gas stream containing 10 ppm  of ^504 was passed
         through the system.
     4)  There  appears to be a slight difference between H2SOft recovery in
         the presence of fly ash with and without S02 but with the data
         available  at this time it is impossible to predict its exact
         effect.
     5)  The coefficient of variance of the H2S04 output at the coal-
         fired  utility tested was estimated to be +6W.
                                    129

-------
     It is recommended that additional  studies be performed that will  refine
the current design of a controlled condensation system.   Work is also
necessary to develop an automated version of the controlled condensation
system so that studies on the variable  nature of S03  emissions can be  re-
lated to changes in process operating conditions.
                                   130

-------
2.11  TASK 14   KVB  TEST SUPPORT
2.11.1  Objective
      In July 1976,  KVB Engineering conducted a Level  1  sampling effort in
accordance with the draft copy of the EPA-IERL Level  1  Procedures Manual,
on an experimental  coal-fired boiler at the KVB facility in  Tustin, Califor-
nia.  The specific  objectives of this task were to support KVB by:
      1)  Determining the adequacy of the sampling test  as a
         Level  1 Environmental Assessment in accordance with the
         draft  copy of the Level 1 Procedures Manual.
      2}  Answering any questions from KVB which might arise  concerning
          the requirements of the draft IERL Procedures  Manual.
      3)  Analyzing samples in accordance with the Level 1 procedures
         in  parallel with KVB's analytical subcontractor, Calspan.
2.11.2   Approach
      Prior  to the sampling activity, consultations were held with KVB to
answer  questions and assist in formulating the test plan. TRW personnel
were  also present during the boiler testing to continue the  process of
advising and supporting KVB.  Samples taken from the coal-fired boiler
control  device system and all parts of the SASS train were then distributed
in  equal portions to Calspan and TRW Laboratories for analysis.
      The sampling effort was conducted in accordance with the IERL-RTP
Procedures  Manual for Level 1 Environmental Assessments.
      In accordance with the EPA Technical Directive, the analysis format
was structured  after the Level 1 procedures only where this  approach was
compatible  with the Calspan analysis plan.  Reasonable adherence to the
Calspan analysis format was necessary in order to:
      1)   Provide a collaborative data base among KVB/TRW/Calspan, and
      2)  To  attempt to provide a data base accurate enough to establish
         a  ±25 percent balance closure as called for in the  task
         technical  directive.
                                    131

-------
For these reasons, strict adherence to the Level 1 analysis procedures was;
not observed in all cases.  As required by the IERL-RTP Level 1 Procedures
Manual, memoranda delineating specific Level 1 analysis deviations were
submitted to EPA IERL-RTP prior to the initiation of any analysis activities.
2.11.3  Technical Discussion
     During the testing, KVB's experimental boiler was fired on Pittsburgh
#8 seam coal at an approximate rate of 93 kg/hr.  A 30 DSCM SASS sample
was collected at an average of 93 percent isokinetic.  A total of 77 grams
of particulate were collected in the SASS cyclones and filter, yielding
ample amounts of material for the chemical analyses.  Samples were also
taken of the process solids (i.e., furnace slag, fire tube ash, lower stack
ash, duct ash, and baghouse ash) and feed coal in order to be able to
perform a mass balance.  Analysis of these samples was performed according
to the Level 1 procedures with the addition of specific AAS determinations
for Se, Cd, Pb, and V.  These elements were added to provide quantitative
data points for the mass balance examination.
     The final report prepared under this task examined problems encountered
with Level 1 sampling and analysis procedures  and presented conclusions
and recommendations where appropriate.  Elemental analysis results were
tabulated in detail, and spark source mass spectrometry, atomic absorption,
and colorimetric values were cross-referenced  to provide data comparisons.
Final results were presented as mass balance closures from the standpoint
of both coal feed and baghouse as they relate  to the SASS sample catch.
Level 1 organic analyses were also performed on all samples with extended
LC/LRMS tests to increase accuracy and also to aid in evaluating the
procedure.  Photomicrographs of the filters were presented along with
general observations concerning the entrained  particulate.
2.11.4  Summary of Results and Recommendations
     The emphasis in the use of the data generated under this task  was on
the mass balance.  In this regard the SASS was an effective unit performing
well  within the Level 1 error limits of a factor of 2-3.  The cumulative
percentage differences between the SSMS values and the special case analyses
                                  132

-------
values for total  quantities trapped in the SASS train,  and  for the
theoretical  ideals  for baghouse and coal feed, all  showed excellent
reproducibility  in  terms of precision.

     As with all  trace element analyses, many elements  could not be
quantified due to detection limit levels.  This inherent problem appeared,
however,  to  be increased by the Parr bomb preparation procedure required
for all Level 1  samples by the Level 1 methods.  This was attributed to
any one or all of the following three conditions:
      1)   Incomplete combustion of the samples, particularly
          those consisting of primarily  inorganic matrices.
      2)   Small quantity of sample used  for ashing.
      3)   Dilution of the Parr solution  by bringing to a
          standard volume (100 mL) in volumetric flasks.
These reductions in analytical sample quantities could  be avoided or
minimized by not bombing inorganic samples (for which the combustion is
unnecessary) and combining sequential combustions to provide more
concentrated solutions.
      Another notable conclusion of this task was that the SSMS technique
 is more reliable than the  atomic absorption or colorimetric methods for
As, Hg, Sb since in all cases concentrations were above the detection levels
 for SSMS, while  in most cases concentrations were below the detection levels
 for the atomic absorption  and colorimetric methods.
      This study  also showed that trace  elements are condensed throughout
 the XAD-2 module.  This observation resulted  in the recommendation that
 a nitric  acid rinse step should be  included in the XAD-2 module  sample
 recovery  procedures.
                                      133

-------
2.12  TASK 21  TEST DATA MODELING

2.12.1  Objective

     The objective of this task was to develop test (computer) models which

permits a chemist to evaluate, a priori, the variation in his test results

using assumptions based on his experience.

2,12,2  Approach

     The computer program (see attachments)  answers the following

questions:

     1)  A chemist will take either 2 or 3  samples (replications) for
         a particular test.  What kind of results can he expect?  To
         evaluate his results he can input  either a ± range or the
         actual a along with the nominals.

         The first example, Attachment A, provides results of eleven
         tests of two samples each when sampling from a population
         with a nominal value of 45 and a a of 1-.74.  For this stan-
         dard deviation, the coefficient of variation is only CV =
         1.74/45(100) =3.8%.  Still the scatter in percent range is
         quite variable.
         The second example, Attachment B,  provides the same type of
         results except three samples per test will be analyzed.
         Here the nominal value is 77 and the variation was provided as a
         percent range of 21.8.  The reported percent ranges are quite
         variable.
     2)  The chemist has three populations  of known mean and standard
         deviation (or ± percent range) values.  He wishes to know
         the mean and standard deviation values of a new population
         defined as sums of three samples,  one from each of the three
         original populations.  Replicated  samples from this new popu-
         lation should be available to enable the chemist to examine
         the effect on the percent ranges (±) as a consequence of the
         original population specifications.

         The computer program accepts known mean and standard deviation
         (or ± percent range) values of the three original populations
         and using a pseudo-random number generator produces samples
         from a normal distribution based on the given parameters.
         The sum of one sample from each of these populations consti-
         tutes a sample of the new population.  Either two or three
         samples per test are allowed and as many tests as desired may
         be requested.  Both sample mean and sigma, as well as the popu-
         lation mean and sigma, are provided to enable the researcher
         to compare the samples generated with the theoretical popu-
         lation parameters.  (See Attachment C.)


                                   134

-------
    Utilizing this program  the  chemist  is  able to specify one of
    many sampling test  plans, to examine the  resulting test sam-
    pling test plans, to  examine the resulting test samples, and
    to compare the test sample  characteristics with those of the
    population.

3)  The chemist  again has three populations of known mean and
    standard deviation  (or ± percent range) values.  The popula-
    tions are now  comprised of  the original unknown  (or summation)
    population and any  two of the three originally known popula-
    tions which  define  the summation population.  The mean and
    standard deviation  values of the remaining third original
    population  (presently unknown) are now required.  Replicated
    samples  for  this remaining  population should again be avail-
    able  to  enable the  researcher to examine  the effect of the
    given population parameters on the percent ranges  (±).

    The  program accepts the known mean and standard  deviation
    values for the given populations.  Using  a pseudo-random num-
    ber  generator, samples from a normal distribution  are pro-
    duced based on the parameters for each of the given popula-
    tions.  The samples for the unknown population are produced
    by subtracting from a  summation  population sample, one sample
    from each of the first two  populations.  Either two or three
    samples per test are allowed and as many tests as  desired
    may be requested.  Both sample  mean and  sigma, as  well as  the
     population mean and  sigraa,  are  provided  to enable  the chemist
     to compare the samples generated with  the theoretical popula-
     tion parameters.   (Attachment D).
                                135

-------
          TASK 21  - LISTINGS FOR PROGRAM  "ROUTINE" AND ATTACHMENTS
                          FUNCTIONAL OUTLINE OF
                            PROGRAM "RANDOM"
          (Usage described in  task  21 write-up)
          (Sample outputs presented in  Attachment A and B of above)

READ INPUT.        a.)   NUMBER OF TESTS
                  b.)   NUMBER OF SAMPLES/TEST, i.e., 2 OR 3
                  c.)   NOMINAL VALUE FOR MEAN
                  d.)   NOMINAL VALUE FOR SIGMA OR A PERCENT RANGE
                  e.)   LAST RANDOM NUMBER USED BY RANDOM NUMBER GENERATOR
FOR EACH TEST
PRINT OUTPUT
   TABLE
a.)  OBTAIN EITHER 2 OR 3 NORMALLY RANDOM SAMPLES FROM
     THE POPULATION DEFINED BY NOMINAL MEAN AND SIGMA/
     OR PERCENT RANGE.
b.)  CALCULATE THE MEAN, RANGE AND PERCENT RANGE (PLUS/MINUS)
     OF SAMPLES OBTAINED.

a.)  INDICATING TEST NUMBER, SAMPLES OBTAINED.
b.)  MEAN, RANGE, AND PERCENT RANGE (PLUS/MINUS) OF
     SAMPLES OBTAINED.
                                  136

-------
      PROGRAM  RAMDnwtlMDuT, OUTPUT, TAPfc5,TAPE6)
      DATA
      REhlND  5
      REWIND  6
      DISPLAY *TYPF THC NQ.  yF  TtSTS*
      ACCEPT  MCASes
      DISPLAY *TY»r TMr NUHBtP  OF  S AMPl tS /TEST, NQ. - 2 3R 3
      ACC EP T  T^(^
      IFUOB  .N^.  ? .AND.  103  .ME. 3) IOB-3
      GO TO
      WRIT=(f>,->0)
                          A|1Ptt  NUMBcR* t T?7, *wt AN* \ 36» *R ANGc*.
                          NG.*»T10,*l*,T19,*2*,T4<»,*PlUS/1IMUS*/)
      GC TO  ^n
      WRITf (f>
                            NG.*»TIO»*1*»T19,*2*»T23,*3*»
     A T53»*°LHS/MT*M'?*/)
90    DISPLAY *TYP= MnMiNAL  VALUc FOR fFAK*
      ACCEPT TM=AM
      DISPLAY *TY»P 1 HP  2 PtSPLCTIVELY FOR SIGMA OR < RANGt IN«>UT*
      ACCEPT IO»T
30
      GO
2     DISPLAY *TYE>- MHMTNAL  VALUs FJR
      ACCf°T «?n
      GC  TO  A
3     DISPLAY *TY»e < <>ANGc(fCTAL RANC-f/?)*
      ACCENT
      CALL  GCTOC (^"JTA<>!:f;, 7hRANt)NU1»
      ACC£»T(^>
      DO  200 *-
      I»0
      XM6AN-0.0
      XTDT-0.0
      XMAX--XTN
      DO  100 J"l»Tnn
                                 137

-------
      CALL FN«*NCLASTNUM,DEVlATt>
      1-1*1
      XTdT-xm+XTOT
      IFWJ) .LT. y*IM)  XMIN-X(J)
      IF(X(J) .GT. XMAy)  XMAX-X(J)
100   CDNT1NU1-
      XHEAN-XTnT/PLnATCTOB)
      WRITE(6*10) «,(XfL),L«l*iaB),XMFAN,RANGE*PRANGS
10    FORHATCIA^FQ.S)
ZOO   CONTINU*
      REWIND 5
      DISPLAY (M L»«TNUH
      REWIND 5
      CALL R«»LPFf5MTA°e5,7HRANDNUM,7HJF667
-------
PROGRflH RflNOOmINPUT.OUTPUT.TflPE5.TflPE6J	
DIMENSION X(31.CONST(2J
OflTfl CONST/1.128.1.693/
REMIND 5
REWIND 6
DISPLflY «TYPE  THE NO. OF  TESTS*
flCCEPT NCRSES
DISPLflY »TYPE  THE NUMBER  OF SRHPLES/TEST. N0.= 2 OR 3 ONLY.
  __
 FORMflTUTEST*.T9.«SflMPLE NUMBER.. T7.«HEfiN«T36.«RflNCE«.T44
              ..
   PERCENT RflN&E«/« NO.*.T10.»1«.T19.»2».T44.»PLUS/HINUS*/1
                                139

-------
                        _4JL
FORHflT(«TEST«.T13.«SRMPLE NUMBER*.T36.*HERN*.T45.»RflNG£«.T53.
  •PERCENT RRNGE*/* NO.«.T10.«l«.T19.*2*.T28."3*.
 T53.*PLUS/HINUS"/)                	
                         90
            DISPLRY »TYPE NOHINflL VflLUE FOR HERN*
flCCEPT ZMERN
DISPLRY »TYPE 1 OR 2 RESPECTIVELY FOR SICHR OR A RRNGC INPUT*
flCCEPT IOPT
                          FORHRT(R7)
                       GO TO{2.3).IOPT|
                             I
           I PISPLflY  «TYPE NOHINRL  VflLUE FOR SIGtlfli
                          flCCEPT SD
                          fOO TO 4
           IOISPLRY «TYPE ^ RflN&EtTOTRL
flCCEPT PCR
R=PCR«ZHERN«.02
SD=R/CONST(KKK)

a 	
           CflLL G€TPF(SHTflPE5.7HRflNDNUH.7HJF66748)
                     [flCCEPT(S) LRSTNUR"]
                     _ _
                    < DO 200 K=l.NCflSE"s~y  -  - -   > 4
                                140

-------
                       1
                   XMERN=0.0
                   XTOT=0.0
                   XMIN=1.0E06
                   XHflX=-XHIN

                        I
               < DO  100 J=I.IOB >
          I CflLL FNRN(LflSTNUn.DEVIflTE)
              1 = 1*1
              X(I)=ZMEflN+SD«OEVIflTE
              XTOT=X(I)*XTOT
               IF(X(J) .LT. XMIN)

                          •*

                          T
XHEflN=XTOT/FLOflT< IOB )
RflNGE=XMflX-XHIN
PRflNOE=RflNGE/( 0 .02*XMEflN )
WRITE! 6. 10) K.(X(L).L=l.IOB).XMEflN.RflNOE.PRflNCE
                  10
               |FORhflT(t4.6F9.3)  [
                      141

-------
200
                   I
               CONTINUE |
          REWIND 5
          OISPLflY IS)  LflSTNUM
          REMIND 5
CflLL RPLPF(5HTflPE5.7HRflNDNUH.7HJF667481
                   142

-------
                     Attachment A
 TYPE THE  HD. OF TESTS
? 11
_TYPE THE  NUMBER DF SRMPLES/TEST ,. MD.= £ DP 3 DMLY

'TYPE NDMINFU. VFILUE FDR  riEfiri
? 45
 TYPE 1  DR £ RESPECTIVELY  PDR SIGMfi DR 5s RFlHGE INPUT
? 1
 TYPE NDMIHFlL VFlLUE FDR  SIGMFl
? 1.74
C LIST,TFlPE6
TEST     SFIMPLE NUMBER
 MD.      1         £
MEflM
RFlHGE
1
£
•-•>
o
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
45
46
44
44
44
4£
45
44
43
45
45
.£37
.178
.8£8
.9££
.7£1
.£08
-64£
.395
.639
.146
.917
47
49
46
47
47
47
44
45
44
45
46
.013
. 0£8
.807
.108
.003
.475
.716
.915
.78£
.£96
.800
46
47
45
46
45
44
45
45
44
45
46
.1£5
.603
.817
.015
.86£
.841
.179
.155
.£1.0
.££1
•-MTO
. •-'•_»'_'
                                     1.776
                                     £.851
                                     1.979
                                     £.186
                                     £.£8£
                                     5. £67
                                       .9£6
                                     1 ,5£0
                                     1.143
                                       .150
                                       .88£
PERCENT RFlMGE
PLUS/MINUS

 1 .9£5
 £.994
 £.160
 £.375
 £-488
 5.873
 1.0£5
 1 .683
 1 .£93
  .166
                            143

-------
                          Attachment B
C LGD
 TYPE THE HQ.  OF TESTS
? 16
 TYPE THE NUMBER DF SFlMPLES-'TEST j  ND.= £ DP 3  ONLY
? 3
 TYPE NDMINFtL  VFlLUE FDR MEFlM
? 77
 TYPE 1 DP  £ RESPECTIVELY FDR  SIGMFi DR ': PFlNGE IMPUT
? £
 TYPE "; RFlNGE
? £1.8
C LIST!.TRPE6
TEST
 MD.
SfiMPLE NUMBER
MEFlN      RHNGE   PERCENT  RFlNGE
                  FLUS.'MINUS
i
.— ,
C.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1£
13
14
If
16
30.989
81 .095
64.664
86 . 037
97,18£
94.835
60.157
88.700
80.615
74.788
104.579
96.400
83.083
78.896
81.8£1
49 . 07£
68.073
96.980
93.688
8£.£66
87.578
83.84£
8£.160
55.831.
6£.766
91 .744
76.514
77.160
58.5E3
37.946
111.168
69.91£
86.691
96 . 1 78
8£.805
77.430
60.589
70.545
49.591
10£.££8
6£.595
100. £0£
78. 4 £9
59.34S
56.G03
95.89£
77.536
73.5£9
61.918
91 .418
80.386
81.911
81 .783
83 . 074
63.969
,-%.-, .-.e^-.
O C. • C. J •_'
68.658
88.911
86.508
77.636
66 . 0 36
70.911
90.175
64.171
55.701
15.885
£9.0£4
8.607
oo • --'9-^
£4. £90
3£.569
46.398
18.0£0
£5.414
£8.065
37 . 05£
£6.580
57.945
•7%O £ •?' 1
«.'-.• • O--' 1
£4.457
44.980
8.688
18.053
5.254
££.37£
14.6£0
£5.457
£8. £04
13.1£3
14.£9£
16. ££1
£3.86£
£0.1 £6
40.858
18 .648
19.056
                                 144

-------
                          Attachment C
RX»I=GRPRfiN»G
 TYPE 1 FDR TOTfiL PDPULfiTICN  SDLN.
 TYPE 2 FDR I MB IV PDPULflTION  SDLN.
? 1
 ORDER REQUIRED  PflPflMETERS  P< 1 > »Pf£> ,P<3> jP
 DMITTIMG THE UNKNOWN  PfiRRMETER

 TYPE THE ND. DF TESTS
? 14
 TYPE THE NUMBER DF  SFiMPLES/TEST, ND.= £ DR  3 DMLY
? 3
 TYPE MDMIMflL VflLUES FDR  MEflN
? l£j£3.1 j.17,4
 TYPE 1 DR £ RESPECTIVELY FDR SIGMfl DR * RflUGE  INPUT
? 1
 TYPE NDMINflL VflLUES FDR  SIGMfl
C LIST»TflPE6

TEST        SflMPLE  NUMBER
 MD.     1        £
                                    MEftN     RflNGE   PERCENT RflNGE
                                                    PLUSXMINUS
1
•£
3
A
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1£
13
14
45.859
49-719
58.759
56.751
51 .552
51 -483
59.491
51 .569
56. £79
50.899
49.4£1
5£.85£
51.055
50.634
54.41£
52.700
51 .586
54. 939 ~
53.50£
53.869
56.794
50.679
51 .£9£
50.734
55.193
56.884
50.079
51.118
59 . 1 05
44.80£
49-905
48.775
5£.591
53.470
44.645
54.079
57.898
56.544
57. £64
50.849
61.706
46.£6£
53.1£5
49 . 074
53.417
53.489
5£.548
5£.941
53.644
5£ . 1 09
55.156
5£.7£6
53.959
53.5£8
54. £80
49.338
13. £46
7.897
8.854
7.976
1.950
-£.386
14.846
3.399
6.607
5.811
7.84£
6.035
1 1 .6£7
4.856
1£.467
8.046
8. £88
7.456
1.855
£.£54
13.837
3.£6£
5.989
5.510
7. £67
5.638
10.710
4.9£1
SflMPLE MEflN  =   5£.810
SflMFLE S"IGMfl p    3.79
                                  PDPULflTIDN  MEflN  =   5£.500
                                  PDPULflTION  SIGMfl =    3.74
                               145

-------
                             Attachment D
LGD
 TYPE 1 FDR TOTAL POPULRTION iDLN.
 TYPE £ FDR INDIV PfJPULRTIDN SDL.N.
? £
 OPI'ER REQUIRED PRPPMETEPS P< 1 > >P<£> >PC3> »P
 OMITTING THE UNKNOWN PARAMETER

 TYPE THE HO. DF TESTS
? 14
 TYPE THE NUMBER DF SAMPLES-TEST. NO-= £ DR 3 ONLY
? 3
 TYPE NOMINAL VRLUES FDR MEfiN
? 12,23.1.52.5
 TYPE 1 DR £ RESPECTIVELY FDR  SIGMA OR '/. RRNGE INPUT
? 1
 TYPE NOMIHRL VRLUES FDR SIGMA
?. 1 ,£.3.7
C LSST.
t LIST.TAPE6
TEST        SAMPLE NUMBER
 ND.     1        £
  MEfiN     RRNGE   PERCENT  RANGE
                   PLUS/MINUS
1
£
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1£
13
14
17.587
11.753-
17.136
£4.363
14.679
19.85£
17.6££
£0.251
14.418
10.475
18.174
13.70£
15.557
£0.567
£0.360
££.133
18.899
£1.794
£0.497
£7.115
9.156
17.461
£1 .£07
18.585
15.971
12. £06
12.461
9. £55
£5.360
17.338
15.564
19.352
10.357
10.892
16.554
19.748
7.305
15.706
12.502
5.397
£0.601
18.723
£1 .102
17.075
17.200
£1 .836
1 5 . 1 78
19. £86
14.444
19.153
14.310
14.9££
15.549
10.435
16. £06
16.182
7.774
10.379
3.335
5. .011
10.139
16. ££3
8.467
£.790
13.902
8.110
5.67£
8.306
8.140
11.311 '
18.419
30.394
9.696
11 .474
33.402
4£ . 059
£9.309
7. £84
48.575
£7.174
18. £40
39.798
£5.113
34.950
SAMPLE MEBH  =   16.634
SfiMPLE SIGMA =    4.7£
POPULFlTIGN MEfiN  =    17.400
PDPULftTIDN SIGMA =     4.3£
                               146

-------
2.13  TASK 22   EVALUATION OF DRY SORBENTS AND FABRIC FILTRATION FOR FGD
2.13.1  Objective

     In 1976 the  use  of dry sorbents in a baghouse for  treating exhaust
from a flue gas desulfurization unit (FGD) was examined by TRW for EPA and
by Bechtel Corporation for the Electric Power Research  Institute (EPRI).
Both studies concluded that, based on available information, the dry sorbent/
baghouse  FGD concept  held considerable promise of economic advantage under
certain geographic, process and regulatory constraints. The optimistic
view of the concept,  however, must be tempered by the fact that experimental
data were sketchy,  certain major institutional and financial barriers existed,
and, most significantly, the available cost estimates were prepared and
presented by firms  having a potential financial benefit in the eventual
commercialization of  the process.
      In order  to  further evaluate the concept prior to  embarking on expen-
sive  field  test work, EPA requested that TRW conduct a  more thorough study to
include  independent assessment of sorbent costs, system capital costs, system
operating costs and disposal costs.  The basic objective of this study was
to  determine whether or not the apparent economic advantage exhibited by
the concept remains intact after independent, third-party evaluation and
whether  the economic  (and other) advantages are sufficiently large to warrant
further  development of the process.
2.13.2  Approach
      The  goal  was to estimate costs and evaluate problems associated with a
typical  commercial  utility dry sorbent/baghouse FGD system.  By estimating
costs  using a  situation which approximates a  "best case" and comparing
these  costs with  a currently available FGD system, it was  possible to
determine if the dry sorbent/baghouse FGD process represents a substantial
breakthrough  in FGD technology and  can be expected to  attain  substantial
market penetration in the future.
      "Best  case"  conditions were selected after examination of:   current
trends in boiler design, coal supplies in the vicinity of potential  sorbent
supplies, SO,  removal requirements, and available experimental data  on dry
sorbent  performance.   The conditions  that were selected for detailed economic
evaluation  were:                    147

-------
     t  A new 500 MW boiler
     •  1% sulfur western coal
     •  750 mile (1,200 km) distance from nahcolite
        supplies
     •  Semi-arid region with the water table 50 feet
        (15 m) below the surface
     •  400°F Baghouse temperature
     •  70% S02 removal required.
     Although additional refinement of conditions may produce a slightly
lower .cost base-case for this study, any conditions which are site specific
or narrow in application would be unrealistic since the equivalent of ten
500 MW installations would be required to support one commercial-scale
nahcolite mine.  This is approximately 4% of the power output of the
committed fossil-fueled generating plants for the period 1977-1986.
2.13.3  Technical Discussion
     Published experimental data indicate that nahcolite (impure NaHC03) is
the most promising sorbent for use in the dry sorbent baghouse flue gas de-
sulfurization (F6D) concept.  Available data are adequate for cost estimation
that is on the order of -20 percent to +50 percent accurate.  These data are
not, however, sufficient to permit potential users (electric utility compa-
nies) to accept commercial bids with confidence.  A recent and rather exten-
sive pilot test conducted by Wheelabrator-Frye, Inc., Superior Oil Co., and
a raidwestern utility consortium may well provide sufficient data upon which to
base a commercial design.  The extent to which these data will be made public
is not known at this time.
     The reserves of nahcolite are adequate to supply even very extensive
application of the dry sorbent/baghouse FGD concept to western and midwestern
low sulfur coal-fired boilers.  The material is not currently mined.  A rea-
sonable commercial price for nahcolite (70 percent assay) is $25 per ton at
the mine mouth and $32.50 per ton at a power plant located approximately 750
miles (1,200 kilometers) from the mine site (northwestern Colorado).   IRI  and
Superior Oil have confirmed that a firm commitment for supplying nahcolite to
several large baghouse FGD installations would be necessary before any  of  the
three nahcolite lease holders would be able to invest the significant  sums of
money required to open a nahcolite production mine.

                                    148

-------
     The wastes  generated by a 500 MW application of the dry  sorbent/baghouse
FGD process can  be disposed of in an environmentally acceptable manner.  The
basic disposal concept involves a landfill designed specifically to preclude
groundwater,  surface water and rainfall from entering the deposit of soluble
waste material.   The prevention of groundwater intrusion is accomplished
through careful  site selection and exclusion of surface water and rainfall by
combination of dikes and an impermeable (butyl rubber) membrane placed over
the landfill  site.  Landfill costs for the concept and design described in
this report are  estimated at $6 per ton of waste.
     The  dry  sorbent/baghouse FGD process, when costed in the base case
selected  for  analysis in this study, shows capital costs of $46 per KW and an
annualized operating cost of 2.60 mills per kWh.  This is 35% lower than the
base case limestone FGD process using those inputs which give a flue gas
composition of 4.3 x 106 Ib/hr flow, 36,500 Ib/hr ash, 8.17 x 103 Ib/hr
S02 and  3.8 x 10  Ib/hr moisture, equivalent to the nahcolite/baghouse FGD
system.   The  TVA cost estimates were computed to be $119 per  KW and 4.08
mills  per kWh for the capital costs and annualized operating  costs, respec-
tively.   Even in view of the accuracy of  the cost estimating  methods
 (-20%  to +50%),  the cost differences between the dry sorbent/baghouse FGD
system and the limestone scrubbing FGD process must be considered promising.
This,  in conjunction with the fact that the limestone scrubber is considered
one of the more economical of flue gas desulfurization schemes, makes the
dry sorbent/baghouse system seem quite favorable.
      However, since the proposed concept  is extremely sensitive to the
amount of sulfur removed (more than 40 percent of the annualized operating
costs  for the dry sorbent/baghouse system fs for sorbent and  waste disposal
compared with 3% for the limestone scrubbing process), applications to high
sulfur coal-firing may not be economically competitive with  the limestone
scrubber.
      Experimental data indicate  that nahcolite utilization may approach
100%  if the dry sorbent baghouse  is operated at  about 525°F  (274°C).   Tins
potential improvement in utilization would decrease the costs associated  with
sorbent  and  disposal by about 30  percent  over the base case  studied  in this
report.   Since these costs represent slightly less than 45 percent of the
total  annual  cost, a potential savings of nearly 15 percent  is possible.
                                    149

-------
This savings would be somewhat offset by increased capital costs associated
with the higher flue gas temperatures.  The net effect should amount to an
approximate 10 percent reduction in the base cost of 2.60 mills per kWh.
The new cost of 2.34 mills per kWh is lower than the limestone scrubbing
cost of 4.08 mills per kWh by approximately 40 percent.
     The use of MgO as a dry sorbent in a regeneration scheme was briefly
examined.  Kinetic data developed show that such a system, in conjunction
with the baghouse F6D concept is not feasible.

2.13.4   Recommendations
     The dry sorbent/baghouse flue gas desulfurization process appears to
demonstrate an economic advantage over other currently available technologies
for flue gas desulfurization, when applied to western power plants burning
low sulfur coal as fuel.  Thus, further demonstrations of the dry sorbent
FGD process utilizing nahcolite as a sorbent should be pursued.   Since
the results of this analysis demonstrate that the dry sorbent process
FGD system becomes economically advantageous when operated at temperatures
in excess of those used for current demonstrations, a pilot plant study
appears warranted to provide confirming technical and cost data for this
study.
     Since operation at extreme elevated temperatures of approximately 525°F
(274°C) holds some additional promise for cost reduction due to increased
utilization of the sorbent, the development of better test data at these
temperatures should be pursued.  The use of existing test facilities may be
a possible route to obtain technical data in this area.
     The data from tests currently in operation with Wheelabrator Frye, Inc.,
and Superior Oil Co., should be examined when they become available.  Results
from these tests should be used to confirm data obtained from other sources
in developing the assumptions used in preparing this report.  Additionally,
these tests may provide some additional  data on nahcolite utilization rates
that can be expected at elevated temperatures.
                                     150

-------
con-
2.14  TASK 24   PROCESS MEASUREMENT SYMPOSIUM
2.14.1  Objective

     This task  is devoted to the preparation and implementation of the
Symposium on Process  Measurements for Environmental  Assessments.  The
ference was designed  as a forum to present, discuss  and  evaluate measurement
requirements, approaches and results within the broader  context of the
entire Environmental  Assessment Program area.  Considering the wide-ranging
scope of the Environmental  Assessment Program, a broad cross section of
industry and government were invited to participate  in the conference pro-
ceedings and discussions.
2.14.2   Discussion
     The Process  Measurement for Environmental Assessments Symposium was
held at the Peachtree Plaza Hotel, Atlanta, Georgia, on  February 13-15, 1978.
The meeting proceeded with a minimum number of problem areas and, in general,
has received high acclaim by the attendees.  In general,  the meeting speak-
ers stayed within their allocated presentation period and minimal disrup-
tion was caused by coffee breaks and lunch time periods.  A total of 163
attendees and participants took part in the proceedings.
     National coverage of the Symposium was afforded by  the presence of
Mr. Stanton S.  Miller, Managing Editor of "Environmental  Science and
Technology".  Special discussions were arranged with him and Dr. Gage,
Dr. Statnick, Jim Dorsey, and John Burchard.
     Mr. Miller,  submitted a draft copy of the story highlighting the Envi-
ronmental Assessment  Symposium, which will be published  in the May 1978
issue.  The draft was reviewed and modified extensively  to make it repre-
sent an accurate  account of the technology transmitted in the Symposium.
A similar draft was submitted to J. Dorsey, cognizant EPA Project Officer,
for his review  and editing.  Stan Miller will now combine the two inputs
and prepare a story for publication.  Discussions with Mr. Miller will be
held in Washington at OEMI to ensure that appropriate national recognition
is obtained for future EPA-supported meetings of this type.
                                     151

-------
     The major activity in completing final arrangements for the meeting was
the preparation of the meeting program.  Specifically, some of the speakers
were tardy in presenting abstracts of their speeches and through a great
deal of last-minute effort it was possible to put together the meeting pro-
gram shown in Figure 24.    The day after the program went to reproduction,
the paper on Environmental Assessment of a Waste/Energy System from Midwest
Research Institute was withdrawn because the sponsor of the project pre-
ferred to keep the information proprietary at this time.  As a consequence
of this cancellation, it was decided to reduce the meeting agenda by one
paper and move the paper scheduled for Wednesday, 4:20 p.m. in the place of
the originally scheduled 3:40 p.m. paper.  An announcement to this effect
was made by the Symposium Chairman during the initial announcement section
of the meeting.
     Other activities included the printing of special tickets for the two
luncheons, social reception, tickets for a free drink (one to each attendee),
and two types of badges (one for attendees and one for participants).  In
addition, a listing of recommended suggested restaurants in the Atlanta
area, together with a map, was printed for use by the attendees at the
meeting.
     The Symposium Staff consisted of two members from EPA; Ms. Brenda Foil
and Ms. Susan Sharpe, and three members from TRW; Ms. Mary McKay, Ms. Linda
Schober and Mr. Chuck Weekley.  The overall coordinator for the Symposium
was Dr. Eugene Burns and the Symposium General Chairman was Mr. James Dorsey.
                                   152

-------
       Welcome  to Atlanta and the Process Measurements for En-
       vironmental Assessment Symposium.  In the four years since
       the  inception of EPA's Envirormental Assessment program,
       considerable progress has been made toward defining
       specific approaches to sampling and analyzing multi-
       media effluents from energy and industrial processes.

       The  objective of this symposium is to bring together people
       who  are responsible for planning and implementing sampling
       and  analysis programs for multi-media environmental
       assessments.  The program consists of sessions defining
       the  uses of environmental assessment data,  the techniques
       for  acquiring data, and users' field experiences with
       environmental assessment measurement programs.
                                                                                            The exchange of ideas that goes on during these three days
                                                                                            should help all of us understand the most recent develop-
                                                                                            ments  and findings in process measurements used in environ-
                                                                                            mental assessment data collection — and the problems that
                                                                                            remain to be solved and areas of future applied research.

                                                                                            This booklet contains a complete agenda for the three days
                                                                                            of the symposium, including abstracts of all papers that
                                                                                            will be presented,  you'll also find times and places of
                                                                                            all special events, and where to go for information on
                                                                                            sightseeing in Atlanta.

                                                                                            I  hope you find the symposium a valuable experience.
ua
c
                                                                                                 James A. Horsey
                                                                                                 Symposium Chairman
 ro
•o
 o
 CD
 n>
  3
 IO
 -a
  o
 (O

  i
General  Information
    Registration
BALLROOM LOBBY, 8TH FLOOR

   SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 12  5:00 PM - 8;00 PH
   MONDAY, FEBRUARY 13  7:30 AM - 4:00 PM
   TUESDAY, FEBURARY  It  7:30 AN - 1:00 PM
   NEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15   7:30 AH - NOON
                    Symposium Meeting  Room
                                                     PEACHTREE DUNHOODY ROOM IN THE BALLROOM ON THE 8TH FLOOR
                    Information Center
                                                     INCOMING MESSAGES HILL BE POSTED ON A BULLETIN BOARD IN THE BALLROOM LOBBY.  CALLERS
                                                     SHOULD DIAL (404) 659-1400 AND ASK FOR THE EPA ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT MEETING REGISTRA-
                                                     TION DESK, DUNWOODY ROOM.
                    Special Events
                                                     LUNCHEONS - LUNCHEONS ARE INCLUDED IN THE COST OF REGISTRATION AND ARE SCHEDULED FOR
                                                     MONDAY AND TUESDAY AT 12:15 PM IN THE PEACHTREE LANE ROOM, ADJACENT TO THE SYMPOSIUM MEETING ROOM.

                                                     GET ACQUAINTED SOCIAL HOUR - TO BE HELD MONDAY, 13 FEBRUARY, 5:30 - 7:00 IN THE PEACHTREE LANE-ROOM.

-------
                          Participating  EPA  Officials  and  Session  Chairmen
                          James A. Dorsey

                          John K. Burchardi

                          Stephen J. Gage

                          Robert P. Hangebrauck
                       Illllllllllllllllllllllllt
   Symposium Chairman

   Welcoming Address

   Keynote Address

in Session Chairman
Larry Johnson ,.,.,.,•..	,..••... Session Chairman

Charles H.  Lochmullern	....••	•.• Session Chairman

Eugene A.  Burns  •"••	•	Session Chairman

Karl J. Bombaugh ,,,.,111..,..,,,	.,,„ Session Chairman
     (Q
      C
      -t
      CD

      ro
             Stephen J. Gage

  Is Acting Assistant Administrator for. Re-
  search and Development for EPA.  He is re-
  sponsible for planning, directing and coordi-
  nating all Agency research activities cover-
  ing air, water,  toxic substances, radiation
  energy, pesticides and solid wastes.  He
  joined EPA in 1974 as Acting Director of the
  Office of Energy Research; in  1975, he became
  the Deputy Administrator for Energy, Minerals
  and Industry.  Prior to joining  EPA, he was
  with the Council on Environmental Quality.
  During 1971-73,  Dr. Gage was a White House
  Fellow.  He joined the faculty at the
  University of Texas in 1965 and  became
  Director of the  Nuclear Reactor  Laboratory
           Robert P. Hangebrauck
    is the Director of the Energy Assessment and
    Control  Division at the EPA's Industrial
    Environmental Research Laboratory.  Mr.
    Hangebrauck received his B.S. from Cal-Tech
    in 1959.  He has served with the EPA and its
    predecessor agencies for 17 years in various
    capacities, including Chief of  the Clean
    Fuels and Energy Branch, Chief  of the De-
    monstration Projects Branch, Control Systems
    Laboratory, and Assistant to the Director
    of the Bureau of Engineering and Physical
    Sciences.  He 1s currently In charge of  con-
    ducting the divisions' research and develop-
    ment programs to identify and control multi-
    media pollutants discharged in  the environ-
    ment from stationary sources.
             Larry Johnson

  is an Analytical Chemist  in the Process
  Measurements Branch for EPA's Industrial
  Environmental Research Laboratory-RTP.  He
  received his B.S. in Chemistry from Iowa
  State University and his  Ph.D. in Chemistry
  from the University of Texas.  Dr.  Johnson
  manages contracts to develop screening pro-
  cedures for environmental assessment programs
  and compound specific procedures for detail-
  ed analysis of complex samples from in-
  dustrial processes.  He is also responsible
  for evaluating the applicability of biologi-
  cal screening tests to complex effluent
  samples.  He has specialized in the areas of
  organic sampling and analysis for trace
  components in Industrial  feed stocks and
  energy process effluents.  Prior to joining
         Eugene A. Burns
is Manager of the Chemistry and Chemical
Engineering Program for Systems, Science
and Software (S3). He received his B.A.
in Chemistry from Pomona College and his
Ph.D.  in Analytical Chemistry from Massachu-
setts  Institute of Technology.   Over the past
25 years, he has held a variety of research
and management positions.  Prior to joining
S3, Dr. Burns was employed by TRW for 15
years.  As Manager, Chemistry Department,
one of  his responsibilities was energy-
related environmental processes Including the
development of sampling and analysis methodo-
logy for characterizing process streams.
Previous experience includes Chief of the
Chemistry Section, Jet Propulsion Laboratory;
and Head of the Analytical Chemistry Section,
2  K
      o
      e-r
      .j.
      3
      C
      n>
      Q.
in 1966.  He received a  B.S. in Mechanical
Engineering from the University of Nebraska
and M.S. and Ph.D. degrees from Purdue
University.
                                                                                                              EPA In 1972, Dr. Johnson was employed as an
                                                                                                              analytical chemist by PPG Industries and as
                                                                                                              a research chemist by Monsanto.
                                                                                            Stanford Research  Institute's  Propulsion
                                                                                            Services Division.
                               John K. Burchard

                      Is the Director of the Industrial Environ-
                      mental Research Laboratory-RTP.  He Is  re-
                      sponsible for the management of programs to
                      develop and  demonstrate cost-effective
                      technologies to prevent, control, or abate
                      pollution from industrial operations in-
                      volving energy and mineral  resources.   He
                      was recently appointed as senior ORD Official
                      for EPA's Environmental  Research Center in
                      Research Triangle Park,  N.C.  Since joining
                      EPA in 1970, he has served  in several
                      capacities - as Chief of the Laboratory's
                      Technical Analysis Section, Chief of the
                      Development  Engineering Branch, and Assistant
                      Director. Before joining EPA, Dr. Burchard
                      worked in Industry for 10 years.  He holds
                      B.S., M.S.,  and Ph.D. degrees in Chemical
                      Engineering  from Carnegie Tech.
                                                       James A. Dorsey

                                            Is Chief of the Process Measurements Branch
                                            1n the EPA's Industrial Environmental Re-
                                            search Laboratory-RTP.  He received his B.S.
                                            1n Chemistry from Florida State University.
                                            He is responsible for integrated in-house/
                                            contract programs for the development and
                                            application of measurement procedures for
                                            energy and Industrial processes.  Prior to
                                            joining EPA 1n 1964, J1m was employed by
                                            Shell Oil Company as a research chemist.
                                            He has over 20 years of experience develop-
                                            ing sampling and analysis techniques using
                                            advanced methods of instrumental  analysis.
                                            Current studies include the sampling and
                                            analysis of organic and Inorganic trace
                                            materials in gas, liquid and solid feed,
                                            product and waste streams.  Jim is a member
                                            of the American Chemical Society and the Air
                                            Pollution Control Association.
                                                       Charles H.  Lochmuller

                                               is an Associate Professor of Chemistry with
                                               Duke University.  He 1s  a consultant  to the
                                               EPA Industrial Environmental Research
                                               Laboratory/RTP Process Measurement Branch
                                               in the areas related to  the development of
                                               analytical  methodology for environmental
                                               assessment  and a member  of its advisory panel
                                               on organic  analysis. Prof. Lochmuller was
                                               one of the  originators of the staged  sampling
                                               and analysis protocol for environmental
                                               assessment  process measurements.  He  received
                                               his B.S. in Chemistry from Manhattan  College
                                               and his M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Analytical
                                               Chemistry from Fordam University.  His re-
                                               search Interests are In  the area of funda-
                                               mental aspects of the molecular basis for
                                               selectivity In chemical  separation methods.
                                               His recent  work includes areas of charged
                                               particle Induced x-ray emission analysis and
                                               Fourier Transform Magnetic Resonance Spectro-
                                               scopy.
                                                         Karl J. Bombaugh

                                               Is a Principal Scfentlst at Radian Corpora-
                                               tion where he 1s responsible for the develop-
                                               ment of strategies and systems for environ-
                                               mental tests.  He obtained his B.S. in
                                               Chemistry from Juniata College.  Over the
                                               past thirty years, he has held a variety of
                                               positions in both research and management.
                                               His experience covers a broad range of
                                               analytical and process technology, including
                                               infrared spectrometry, both gas and liquid
                                               chromatography, and on-stream analysis.  As
                                               Vice-president for Research and Development
                                               at Waters Associates, he directed a group
                                               who pioneered in the development of modem
                                               high pressure liquid chromatography.  He
                                               has authored more than fifty publications
                                               including chapters in several books.  He
                                               has served on the editorial  advisory board
                                               of the Journal of Chromatoaraphlc Science.
                                               and the Eheinica'l  Rubber Handbook  of Chroma-
                                               tp.qrsphy.:,. He Is  now £ha
-------
tn
                                                                                                    NOTE:  Approximately 10 minutes  hive bun reserved 1n the 40-mlnute presentations
                                                                                                          to accamwdate questions  and answers.  Speakers names appear In Italics.
                             Monday,  February  13
                             8:40 a.m.        WELCOMING REMARKS

                             Jotn K. aurohzrf.   Director, IERL-RTP, EPA
                             8:50 a.m.
 KEYNOTE ADDRESS
                             PROCESS MEASUREMENTS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
                             ASSESSMENT

                             SUpltm f. Cage,  Acting Assistant Administrator
                             for Research and Development, EPA
                             9:20  a.m.
 ANNOUNCEMENTS
     ua
     c

     CD

     ro
                                   A.  OoF«y, Symposium Chairman, Chief,
                              Process Measurements Branch, IERL-RTP, EPA
9.25 .. m.
En vi ron mental   Assessment    Overview,  Session   I
B. P.
                 Director. Energy Assessment and  Control Division, IERL-RTP, EPA, Session Chairman
       I
9:30 a.m.

OEM OVERVIEW OF ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT

 fobtrt H. SfcrtKia* and Dave Berg,  Office of
 [»«,„  M<»»I. >nH  tnrfi.«»m>  CM
 Energy,  Wnerals and  Industry, EPA
                            The environmental assessment program which
                            has been ongoing for about four years Is to
                                                                            effluents,  and solid waste disposal practic-
                                                                            es'  Tn1s program has several major corn-
                                                                            ponents; they are evaluation of emission
rates, evaluation of the degree of control
which 1s achieved with conventional effluent/
emission control equipment, evaluation of
the biological activity of environmental
samples, and estimation of "safe" emission
rates.  The program which will  be discussed
during these proceedings will  focus upon the
techniques which will be utilized to acquire
these environmental samples  and to analyze
them. This paper will present an overview
of the data requirements specified In
recent legislation to which  the environmental
assessment program data base can Input.
                               10:10 a.m.
   Coffee Break
                               10:40 a.m.

                               THE DOE  INTEGRATED ASSESSMENT PROGRAMS

                               Rov Coofff, Division of Regional Assessments,
                               ESS, DOE
                            The Integrated Environmental Assessment pro-
                            grams of DOE are designed to support the
                            Assistant Secretary for the Environment 1n
                            the conduct of his responsibilities.

                            In order to fulfill these responsibilities,
                            particularly those associated with policy
                            guidance for the Department! there are three
                            kinds of assessment activities which must be
                            carried out. Since the Department 1s respon-
                            sible for developing a national energy pol-
                            icy, national environmental assessments of
                            this policy are required.  Technology assess-
                            ments must be done in order to explore envi-
                                                                                         ronmental Issues which affect technology
                                                                                         development decisions and the levels of
                                                                                         environmental control required.  Finally,
                                                                                         regional environmental assessments must be
                                                                                         carried out because environmental and social
                                                                                         Impacts of energy policies and technological
                                                                                         developments are very dependent upon the
                                                                                         specific characteristics of the region
                                                                                         Involved.

                                                                                         Examples of all  three types of assessment
                                                                                         were recently completed 1n connection with
                                                                                         the National Energy Plan as submitted to
                                                                                         Congress.  A national assessment of  the
                                            environmental Impacts associated with the
                                            plan was made using a comprehensive simula-
                                            tion model based on the SEAS system cali-
                                            brated to the NEP assumptions for the period
                                            1975 to 2000.  Regional assessments were made
                                            of the Impact of the plan on New England and
                                            on Region VI where conversion from oil  and
                                            gas to coal 1s expected.  Finally, technology
                                            assessments were made of the prospects  for
                                            solar energy and of the Impacts of the  coal
                                            part of NEP on water needs,  water quality,
                                            solid waste, and local  sodoeconomic
                                           well-being.
                               11:20 a.m.

                               RELATED  EPRI PROGRAMS
                                Ralph fto-hao. Electric
                                Research Institute
                             Present emphasis  In EPRI's Environmental
                             Assessment Department 1s on atmospheric
                             pollution arising from coal-burning power
                             plants. The main goal of the Department is
                             to assess the Impact of the nation's in-
                             creasing energy production on biota.
                             particularly on people. The identification
                             of pollutants, their physico-chemical nature,
                             and their fate is the charge of the Depart-
                             ment's Physical Factors Program.  New
                                                                                         measuring procedures have been developed or
                                                                                         Improved; including matrix Isolation spectro-
                                                                                         scopy for PAH analysis, and Hdar for remote
                                                                                         measurement of atmospheric pollutants.
                                                                                         Future research direction in pollutant
                                                                                         identification and characterization will  be
                                                                                         on techniques for defining chemical specta-
                                                                                         tlon and on identification of new classes
                                                                                         of pollutants, especially those related to
                                                                                         coal conversion processes.  A number of
                                           field studies have been undertaken aimed
                                           at gathering data for elucidating reaction
                                           mechanisms and fate of pollutants.   The $7
                                           million SURE program 1s a massive effort In
                                           measuring air quality In the Northeast In an
                                           effort to clarify the relation between
                                           regional, ambient concentrations of secondary
                                           pollutants and emissions of primary pre-
                                           cursors,                       ft"'

-------
                       12:15 p.m.
                     Luncheon — Peachtree Lane Room
                        1:30p.m.         Environmental  Assessment   Overview,  Session  II
                                           Jams Dortiy, Chief, Process Measurement Branch,  IERL-RTP,  EPA, Session Chairman
                       1:30 p.m.

                       EPA AIR PROGRAMS'USE OF  ENVIRONMENTAL
                       ASSESSMENTS
                              C. Hhoods,  Director, Control Programs
                       Development Division, OAQPS, EPA
                                            Under the Environmental Protection Agency's
                                            legislative authority, a variety of strate-
                                            gies are available for controlling air pollu-
                                            tion.  Principal  among these are direct emis-.
                                            sion standards for specific new sources which
                                            represent the best demonstrated control tech-
                                            nology, direct emission standards for both
                                            new and existing  sources to minimize specific
                                            hazardous pollutants, ambient air quality
                                            standards for selected pollutants which are
                                            necessary to protect the public health and
                                            welfare, mobile source emission controls and
                                            fuel additive standards which assist in pro-
                                            tecting the public health and welfare, and
                                            programs to prevent significant deterioration
                                            of air quality.

                                            This presentation describes these various
                                            alternative strategies, and discusses how
                                            environmental  assessments can assist in
                                            (1)  setting priorities for the pollutants and
                                            sources to be  controlled, (2) selecting'the
                                            strategy or combination of strategies to be
                                            employed, and  (3) assessing the necessary or
                                            desired level  of control.
to
 c
 -t
 CD
 ro
2:10 p.m.

AN  INTEGRATED  APPROACH  TO THE
ASSESSMENT AND CONTROL  OF INDUSTRIAL
POLLUTION PROBLEMS

Sugtnt S. B*Fltou, Director, Industrial
Pollution Control Division,
IERL-C1, EPA
                                                                   EPA now has comprehensive legislative and
                                                                   court mandates for regulating all pollution
                                                                   .resulting from the production and use of
                                                                   industrial chemicals and products.  Empha-
                                                                   sis is being placed on toxic and hazardous
                                                                   pollutants.  To aid EPA in focusing its atten-
                                                                   tion and future efforts on those pollution
                                            problems which have the greatest health and
                                            ecological impacts, EPA has  developed in one
                                            organizational unit an approach for assessing
                                            simultaneously the environmental impacts of
                                            industrial pollution discharged to the air,
                                            water, land and municipal  systems.  This mul-
                                            timedia approach necessarily Involves the
                                           active participation of the appropriate  EPA
                                           regulatory components and  industry.  Field
                                           sampling and RD4D programs are Initiated
                                           based upon the outcome of  the Integrated
                                           industrial assessment approach.
o
o
cr
ft)
o.
2:50 p.m.

SOURCE  ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY
      > V. Suglife.  Monsanto Research Corp.
The Industrial Environmental  Research Labora-
tory (IERL) of EPA has the responsibility for
ensuring that pollution control technology is
available for stationary sources to meet the
goals of environmental legislation.  If con-
trol technology is unavailable, inadequate,
uneconomical or socially unacceptable, then
financial support Is provided for the develop-
ment of the needed control techniques for
Industrial and extractive processes.
IERL performs source assessments for deter-
mining the need to reduce emissions and dis-
charges from pollution sources.  Health
effects data, environmental  dispersion models,
monitoring data and engineering information
are used in performing the source assessment.
IERL decisions based on source assessments
are subject to errors because of the Inherent
uncertainties in the data used to generate
decision-making Information. This paper
presents a discussion of the steps  Involved
1n performing source assessments, Informa-
tion used as an aid in IERL decision making,
elements of uncertainty in IERL decision
making, and specific guidelines to  be used
in performing source assessments to minimize
incorrect IERL decisions.
                       3:30 p.m.
                    Coffee Break
                       3:45 p.m.

                       RELATED  HEALTH EFFECTS PROGRAMS

                       StuUMg Sondhu, HERL-RTP, EPA
                                            The growing concern for human health safety
                                            due to the ever Increasing presence of a
                                            wide variety of chemicals 1n our environ-
                                            ment has been amplified by studies showing
                                            strong associations between chemical, car-
                                            clnogenesis, and mutagenesls.

                                            The diversity of genotoxlc Insults Inflicted
                                            by environmental chemicals and the need to test
                                            a large number of chemicals, necesslates the
                                            use of multi-level approach employing a
                                              battery of tests at each level.

                                              The emphasis on Level 1 battery Is on the
                                              detection of gene mutation and primary DNA
                                              damage.  Included in the battery are blo-
                                              assays using bacterial species; lower
                                              eukaryotic species and tests  for cyto-
                                              toxldty.

                                              The purpose of the Level 2 battery Is to
                                              confirm or refute the results obtained in
                                             Level 1.   Included In Level 2 are specific
                                             assays using mammalian cells in culture
                                             for point mutations, chromosomal aberrations
                                             and neoplastlc transformation.

                                             The results obtained utilizing Level  1 bio-
                                             assays for the analysis of parent compounds,
                                             metabolites, and complex mixtures will be
                                             discussed.

-------
in
                          4:25 p.m.


                          BIOLOGICAL TESTING METHODOLOGY

                          Kmnmth M. Duk», Battelle Columbus
                          Laboratories
                   Biological procedures for testing  feedstocks
                   and waste streams of Individual  processes
                   have been developed as part of EPA's phased
                   approach to Environmental Source Assessment.
                   The objectives of the first phase  or level  of
                   biological testing are to (1) provide pre-
                   liminary data on the biological  effects of
                   feedstocks and waste streams, (2)  Identify
 problems in implementing the tests on the
 streams, and (3) prioritize the streams
 according to their relative hazard.  The
 Bloassay Subcommittee of lERL-RTP's Environ-
 mental Assessment Steering Committee has
 developed a Level 1 biological  test protocol
 to meet these objectives.  The  protocol
 Includes four health tests and  eight eco-
 logical tests to be Implemented on liquid,
 solid, and gaseous streams.  Pilot studies
 are underway to test and refine this proto-
 col.  Results indicate the phased approach
 1s effective In directing environmental
 assessment activities.
                          5:05 p.m.
Adjourn
                          5:30 p.m.  —  7:00 p.m.
                  Social Recaption — Peachtree Lane Room
                           Tuesday,  February  14
                          8:30 a.m.
Measurement  Technologies,   Session  I
                                                   Larry Jtbuen, IERL-RTP, EPA, Session Chairman
    c.
    n>
    po
                          8:30 a.m.

                          SOURCE ASSESSMENT SAMPLING SYSTEM
                          DESIGN AND  DEVELOPMENT
                           Datrtd Blake and J. M. Kennedy, Acurex/Aerothera
                   The Source Assessment Sampling System (SASS)
                   Is the primary sampling tool for Level 1
                   gaseous and partlculate emissions.  The
                   design philosophy of the SASS Is reviewed.
                   Including an analysis of alternate configura-
 tions  that were considered during the con-
 ceptual design phase.  Accuracy limitations
 of the SASS for particulate collection stems
 primarily from difficulties 1n accurately
 calibrating the cyclones.  Cyclone cali-
 bration methods and recent results are dis-
 cussed.  Possible  SASS modifications to In-
 crease utility and accuracy are also pre-
 sented.
I
cl-
3
C
O.
                            9:10 a.m.
                            FIELD  EVALUATION OF  THE SASS TRAIN
                            AND LEVEL 1 PROCEDURES
                            rrmkUn Siritft,  Eva 0. Estes and
                            Denny E. Wagoner, Research Triangle  Institute
                   The results of a two-phased evaluation of
                    Level 1 environmental assessment procedures
                   are presented. Phase one was a field eval-
                   uation of the SASS train.  Three sample runs
                   were made with two SASS trains sampling simul-
                   taneously and from approximately the same
sampling point.  A method-5 train was used
to estimate the  "true" particulate loading.
Comparisons of the SASS trains are made for
total  particulate, particle size distribu-
tion,  organic classes, and trace elements.
Phase  two consisted of providing three par-
ticipating organizations with control samples
to challenge the spectrum of Level 1 analyt-
ical  procedures.   Estimates  of intra- and
inter-laboratory precision are made.
                            9:50 a.m.

                            INORGANIC EMISSIONS  MEASUREMENTS

                            nay P. Haddalant and Lorraine E. Ryan
                            Applied Technology Division, TRW DSSG
                    The analysis of Inorganic compounds requires
                    the coordinated use of a variety-of analyt-
                    ical techniques.  This paper describes an
                    Inorganic analysis scheme consisting of an
                    initial sample characterization (stability,
                    elemental composition, and morphology), bulk
 composition characterization  (anion composi-
 tion, surface characterization, and x-ray
 diffraction data)  and individual particle
 characterization (single particle elemental
 composition, x-ray diffraction pattern, and
 morphology).  The  use of Multimedia Environ-
mental  Goal (MEG)  compounds and their Mini-
mum Acute Toxicity Effluent (MATE) values to
focus analysis activities will be described.
Data from a recent field test using this
approach wil.l  be used to Illustrate the infor-
mation  derived from these methods.
                             10:30 a.m.
                                                      Coffee Break
                             10:45 a.m.

                             MEASUREMENT  OF ORGANIC EMISSIONS FOR
                             ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT

                             Philip I.  Lfo-int, Arthur D.  Little, Inc.
                    Systematic measurement methods are being.
                    developed for the determination of organic
                    species in emission and process streams.
                    The methods are structured on the Phased
                    approach developed by the Process Measure-
                    ments Branch of IERL-RTP.  Level 1 analysis
 methods have been tested and a reporting
 format developed which is consistent with
 a variety of assessment objectives.  Level  2
 procedures are focused on general  broad spec-
 trum analysis protocols and specific analyte
 procedures such as for PCB's, PAH, etc.
Macreticular resins are  being studied quan-
titatively to develop improved air and water
sampling methods.
                             11:25 a.m.

                             A CRITIQUE OF ORGANIC  LEVEL 1
                             ANALYSIS
                             p*t*r V. Am and Robert J. Jakobten
                             Battelle ColuMxis Laboratories
                    An objective review of organic Level  1
                    analysis is provided.  Present strengths
                    and weaknesses are pointed out and recom-
                    mendations are made concerning how improve-
ments may be made.   Areas which are addressed
include the adequacy of sample size, the opti-
mum LC separation scheme - possible use of
HPLC, problems associated with contamination -
 both  in the field and as a result of adsorbent
 degradation, the utility of FTIR. and LRMS
 analysis.

-------
                              12:15 p.m.
                         Luncheon— Peachtree Lane Room
00
       o
       3
                              1:30 p.m.
                         Measurement  Technologies,    Session   II
                         Oarltm taalmM*r, Duke University, Session Chairman
                              1:30 p.m.

                              FUGITIVE EMISSIONS MEASUREMENT
                              TECHNIQUES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
                              ASSESSMENTS

                              atnry J. Kolnab*rg,  The Research
                              Corporation of New England
                                             The sampling and measurement techniques cur-
                                             rently being employed or developed to deter-
                                             mine the impact of Industrial fugitive emis-
                                             sions on the environment are described.
                                             Three general sampling techniques for air-
                                             borne fugitive emissions and one for water-
                                            borne fugitive emissions as stormwater runoff
                                            are presented and evaluated with respect  to
                                            their inherent accuracies and  limitations.
                                            Site-specific modifications of the general
                                            techniques used in recent studies at a variety
                                            of industrial locations are described and the
                                             results of the measurement programs  reviewed.
                                             Efforts toward the development of a  fugitive
                                             ambient sampling train  for the measurement of
                                             airborne particulate  and organic emissions
                                             are summarized.
       <£}
       C
       CD

       ro
2:10 p.m.

SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PROCEDURES FOR
SCREENING OF INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENTS
FOR PRIORITY POLLUTANTS

vttUm A. Tflliatd, Chief. Energy and
Mining Branch,  Effluents Guidelines
Division, ONPS, EPA
The Environmental  Protection Agency agreed to
review and revise  regulations based on the
Best Available Technology Economically Achiev-
able for effluents in 21 industries categories,
as a settlement of several  cases in the Dis-
trict Court for the District of Columbia.

An integral part of this process Is a tech-
nical  study to determine whether or not com-
pounds from a list of 65 materials (single
compounds and undefined classes of compounds)
exist  in industrial waste waters.  The Efflu-
ent Guidelines Division in EPA has established
an unambiguous list of 129 compounds, referred
to as priority pollutants, which it believes
fulfills  the requirements of the court order
and can be determined analytically.

To maintain consistent sampling and analyt-
ical  procedures for 21 industrial studies,
EPA has developed a protocol  of the sampling
and analytical methods to be used for the
screening of priority pollutants in waste
water.  This protocol represents the incor-
poration of the current state of the art pro-
cedures for the sampling and analysis of the
priority pollutants.   These analytical pro-
cedures include:  purge and trap  — gas
chromatography -mass  spectrometry (SC/MS)
for volatile organic compounds; semi-volatile
organics are done by a liquid-liquid extrac-
tion with GC/MS and metals are determined
using an inductively coupled argon plasma
emission spectrometer.
       ft)
       CL
2:50 p.m.

ALTERNATIVE LEVEL 1 ANALYSIS METHODS

Karl Bmbaugh, Radian Corporation
                                                                          This presentation provides a description of
                                                                          some modifications and additions to the
                                                                          Level 1 analysis scheme that were used to
                                             characterize  the emissions from coal gasi-
                                             fication plants.  While some of these modi-
                                             fications go  beyond the Intent of the Level 1
                                             analyses, the experience gained  from their
                                             use should be of value to others performing
                                             environmental analyses.
                             3:30 p.m.
                                                      Coffee Break
                             3:45 p.m.

                             SYNTHETIC FUELS PRODUCTION:  ANALYSIS
                             OF  PROCESS BY-PRODUCTS FROM A
                             LABORATORY SCALE COAL  GASIFIES
                             CharU* H. Sparaoin*,  Research
                             Triangle Institute
                                             Methodology has been developed for the analy-
                                             sis of the volatile (gas stream components)
                                             and non-volatile (tars and condensates) mate-
                                             rials produced as by-products during the gasi-
                                             fication of coal.  Volatile materials are col-
                                             lected by entrapment on polymeric sorbents,
                                             and analyzed directly by GC/MS.  Non-volatile
                                             materials are solvent extracted and/or parti-
                                              tioned, and the  resulting fractions are ana-
                                              lyzed by SC/MS.  Qualitative analyses for
                                              each sample type have been carried out; quan-
                                              titative approaches are under development.
                             4:25 p.m.

                             VAPOR-TO-PARTICLE CONVERSION OF
                             ORGANIC SPECIES FOLLOWING FOSSIL
                             FUEL COMBUSTION

                              D. I.  s. tatuuik, «. Schur*. and
                              8. A.  Tonkins,  Colorado Stat* University
                                             A mechanism of vapor-to-particle conversion
                                             of organic species by adsorption onto par-
                                             ticulate material is presented.  Theoretical
                                             consideration of this process predicts that
                                             polycyclic aromatic and long chain aliphatic
                                             species can undergo essentially quantitative
                                             adsorption at temperatures encountered
                                             directly following emission to the atmosphere;
                                             that the process can occur in the order of
                                             seconds; and that the process is complete
                                             within a short distance of the emission
                                             source.  The results of both laboratory and
                                              field experiments strongly support these
                                              predictions and indicate that adsorption 1s
                                              of primary importance in vapor-to-particle
                                              conversion.  The significance of this find-
                                              ing with respect to the design and conduct
                                              of sampling procedures is discussed.
                              SzOB D-ffVt.
                                                      Adiourn

-------
                           Wednesday,  February  15
                           8:30 a.m.
Industrial   Process     Applications
Bugmt A. Bvma, Systans, Science and Software,  Session Chairman
                           8:30 a.m.

                           ASSESSMENT  OF ATMOSPHERIC  EMISSIONS
                           FROM PETROLEUM REFINING

                           D. D. fottbrook, R. G. Wether-old, and
                           6. E. Harris, Radian  Corporation
                    A study, funded by the U.S.  EPA, 1s currently
                    being conducted In order to  assess the atmos-
                    pheric emissions from petroleum refining
                    operations.  To accomplish this assessment,
                    measurements of fugitive hydrocarbon and stack
                    emissions are being made at  a  number of refin-
eries throughout the country.  Sources being
sampled include yalves, flanges, pumps and
compressor seals, process drains, pressure
relief devices, process vents, heater and
process stacks, cooling towers, API separa-
tors, dissolved-air flotation units, open
 ditches, barometric pumps and holding ponds.
 This  paper describes the methods being
 employed for the selection and screening of
 the above sources and the criteria used for
 making the sample - no sample decision.
    ~n
    «*•
   (O


    0>

    ro
                           9:10 a.m.

                            TOXICITY OF SECONDARY EFFLUENTS
                            FROM TEXTILE PLANTS

                            Gary D. ffaalingat  Monsanto Research
                            Corp. and Max Samfield, IERL-RTP, EPA
                   This study provides chemical and lexicological
                   baseline data on wastewater samples collected
                   from 32 textile plants in the United States.
                   Raw waste and secondary effluent wastewater
                   samples were analyzed for 129 consent decree
                   priority pollutants, effluent guidelines cri-
                   teria pollutants, and nutrients; Level  1
                   chemical analyses were also performed.  Sec-
                   ondary effluent samples from the 23 plants
                   selected for study in the EPA/ATM!  BATEA
Study (American Textile Manufacturers
Institute/best available technology eco-
nomically achievable) (Grant No. 804329)
were submitted for the following bioassays:
mutagenicfty, cytotoxicity, clonal  assay,
freshwater ecology series  (fathead  minnows,
Dophnia,  and algae),  marine ecology series
(sheepshead minnows,  grass shrimp,  and algae),
14-day rat acute toxicity, and soil  microcosm.
  Based on the bioassay  results, 10 of the 23
  textile plants were found to have secondary
  effluents sufficiently toxic to proceed  to
  a second'phase of the study.  In the  second
  phase, samples will be collected from these
  10 plants to determine the level  of toxicity
  removal  attained by selected tertiary treat-
 ment technologies.
CJ1
vo
     o
     o
     3
                              9:50 a.m.

                              NONFERROUS  METAL PROCESSING

                              C. MtWt, D. Meek. J. 0. Burkle,
                              and G. Thompson  IERI-C1, EPA
                      This paper provides Information on an
                      application of environmental assessment test-
                      ing for a selected number of copper smelters
                      as an example of the nonferrous metal pro-
                      cessing Industry.  Details are provided re-
                      garding the sampling methodology and sub-
 sequent analysis  techniques used to charac-
 terize the effluents for hazardous toxic
 emissions.  A discussion Is provided regard-
 Ing the results of the findings In terms of
 the quantities of emissions expected and the
 potential errors  of measurement.  Some
  specific toxic emissions were found to be
  present In substantial quantities.   Also
  presented fs information regarding  the
  difficulties attendant to sampling  smelter
  effluent streams.
                              10:30 a.m.
  Coffee Break
                              10:45 a.m.
                              PROCESS MEASUREMENTS OF  CONVENTIONAL
                              COMBUSTION SYSTEMS
                               /.  MDMTI Boiwra, Applied  Technology
                               Division. TRH OSSS
                      The EPA program for emissions assessment of
                      conventional combustion systems  Is the first
                      large scale application of Level 1 environ-
                      mental assessment procedures and Involves
                      170 combustion sources.  To date, 36
                      sources have been sampled Including 10
residential, 11  Internal combustion, 4
Industrial and 11 utility sites.  The
experience to date Indicates that the
Level  1 procedures are working well and
the sites sampled are very clean.  The few
problems that were found by the Level 1
procedures are now being Investigated by
Level 2 methods.  These results and a dis-
cussion of the way the Level 1 procedures
were adapted to the program will be reviewed.
                              11:25 a.m.

                              EMISSIONS TESTING OF  GLASS
                              MANUFACTURING FURNACES

                              C. nmiin, IERL-C1 , EPA. R. Barrett.
                              Battelle Columbus Laboratories and
                              W. Blakeslee.  Scott Environmental
                              Technology
                     The introduction of pollution control tech-
                     nology into the glass Industry has been very
                     slow because of the lack of understanding of
                     the nature of the effluent gas streams. Past
                     assessment studies of this industry have Indi-
                     cated a serious lack of emissions data on this
                     Industry.  Therefore, a test program was Ini-
                     tiated by  IERL-C1 to characterize emissions
                     from the glass manufacturing process and
                     particularly from glass furnaces.  Ten dif-
                     ferent Installations were selected consist-
ing of furnaces in  the 200 TPO range.   The
test results indicated that although low in
opacity the glass furnace emission stream is
of complex nature and should not be considered
free of potentially dangerous pollutants,
SO*, NOx, and toxic heavy metals such  as  lead,
arsenic, selenium,  and cadmium were found to
be present in the gas streams.  Significant
portions of the metals were found in the back
half of the Method  5 train indicating  either
their vaporous or fine participate nature of
the pollutant as they pass thru the filter.
Finally,  paniculate size analysis indicated
a significant portion of the partlculate
matter may be below the minimum size range
at which  classical  control technology Is
efficient.  Preliminary conclusions  of the
test program indicate that additional
testing is required to define further the
characteristics of  the fine partlculate
and condensable matter.

-------
                        12:05 p.m.
                              Lunch   Break
                        1:30 p.m.
                              Energy  Process  Applications
                              Xael Bambaugh,  Radian Corporation, Session Chairman
                        1:30 p.m.

                        COMPREHENSIVE ANALYSIS OF EMISSIONS
                        FROM FLUID1ZED-BED  COMBUSTION
                        PROCESSES

                        X. S. Ha-tty,  J. E. Howes, and N.  Mack,
                        Battelle Columbus  Laboratories and
                        R. D. Hoke,  Exxon  Research and
                        Engineering  Co.
                                              .Results of tlie comprehensive analysis of
                                              emissions  from a pressurized fluidized-bed
                                              combustion unit (the Exxon Miniplant) will
                                              be described as an illustration of the
                                              methodology.  The results will be discussed
                                              in the context of the overall environmental
                                              assessment of the process being conducted by
                                              the United States Environmental  Protection
                                              Agency.   The comprehensive analysis of the
                                              fluidized-bed combustion emissions and proc-
                                              ess streams involved approximately 740 meas-
                                              urements on about 90 samples  using more than
                                              40 different inorganic, organic, and physical
                                              analytical  methods.  A discussion will be pre-
                                              sented  covering the methodology which was used
                                              for sample preparation, inorganic analysis,
                                              organic analysis, and physical measurements.
                                              Also, results of the analyses will be pre-
                                              sented  with the emphasis on quality control
                                              procedures and accuracy and precision esti-
                                              mates derived from the data.
to
ro
                        2:10 p.m.


                        ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT PROGRAM
                        FOR THE  HY6AS PROCESS

                        L. J. Amtcuia, W.  G.  Balr, and 0. P. Olson,
                        Illinois Institute of Gas Technology
                                              The Institute of Gas Technology is develop*
                                              ing an environmental assessment of the HVGAS
                                              process under contract to the U.S. Department
                                              •of Energy  (DOE).  HYGAS is a second-generation
                                              coal gasification process which uses hydro*
                                              gen in a fluidized bed at high pressure and
                                              temperature to maximize production of methane
                                              (SNG) from all types of coal.  HVGAS process
                                              development is carried out in a 3 ton/hr
                                              pilot plant which produces a nominal l.SMM
                                              SCFD of pipeline-quality gas at 1000 Btu/ft3.
                                              The main objective of the HVGAS Environmental
                                              Assessment Program is to obtain and  interpret
                                              experimental  data from the pilot plant syste-
                                              matically to  estimate pollutant production
                                              for demonstration and commercial-scale HVSAS
                                              coal gasification plants.  Priorities have
                                              been established to operate systems  for sam-
                                              pling, analysis, and data evaluation to define
                                              the fate of potential pollutants generated
                                              during operation of the pilot plant.  The
                                              assessment methodology for environmental data
                                              acquisition and interpretation features these
                                              sequential objectives:
                                              •    Identification of potential pollutants
                                                  in plant effluent streams,

                                              •    Development of sampling, preservation,
                                                  and analytical techniques,

                                              •    Process unit, stream,  and species selec-
                                                  tion, and

                                              •    Quantitative descriptions of significant
                                                  pollutants.
I
CD
D-
2:50 p.m.

CHARACTERIZATION  OF SYNTHOIL/

SYNTHANE  PROCESSES

A. d. Sharkty,  Jr.,  Pittsburgh Energy
Research Center
Much of the analytical data required for proc-
ess development is also useful  In developing
control  technology and can assist in environ-
mental  assessments.  As part of the coal gasi-
fication and liquefaction process development
programs at the Pittsburgh Energy Research
Center,  extensive determinations have been
made of  the organic and trace element compo-
nents in process streams.   An overview will
be presented of the major features of the
process  streams, using the SYNTHANE and
SYNTHOIL processes as examples.  Recently
completed  trace element balances and investi-
gations  of the heterocycllc nitrogen and
sulfur compounds associated with coal lique-
faction  products will be described.  Examples
of the use of a high-resolution mass spec-
trometry procedure to screen for possible
hazardous  compounds will be given.  Possible
revisions  in proposed models for the struc-
ture of coal will be reviewed In the light
of new spectral data.  Limitations to the
applications of conventional petroleum ana-
lytical methods to coal-derived fuels will
be discussed and required separation pro-
cedures described.  Several of the remaining
challenges for the analysis of synfuels will
be reviewed.
                        3:30 p.m.
                              Coffee Break
                        3:45 p.m.

                        ASSESSMENT OF A PROTOTYPE WASTE/
                        ENERGY SYSTEM
                        M.  F.  Maraut,  H. H. Miller and
                        P.  H.  Cramer,  Midwest Research Institute
                                              The initial process assessment of a proto-
                                              type energy system Indicated a possible water
                                              effluent environmental  problem.  Therefore,
                                              intensive sampling and  analysis was per-
                                              formed.  The results from the organic char-
                                              acterization included the following analysis:
                                              EPA Level 1; EPA Priority Pollutants; poly-
                                              nuclear aromatic hydrocarbons; and poly-
                                              chlorinated biphenyls.  The effectiveness  of
                                              an  aerobic wastewater treatment system was
                                              also evaluated by characterization of organic
                                              compounds before and after treatment.  The
                                              EPA Level 1 results are from methods that
                                               include:   gas chromatography (GO;  infrared;
                                               liquid chromatography; and direct inlet low
                                               resolution mass spectrometry.   The  EPA Pri-
                                               ority Pollutant results are on sample frac-
                                               tions which  include:  volatlles, acid extract-
                                               ables; base-neutral extractables; and pesti-
                                               cides. The  principal analysis technique is
                                               GC/MS on  packed columns with capillary GC/MS
                                               on selected  samples.  The GC/MS data were also
                                               Interpreted  for nbnpHority pollutants for a
                                               further characterization of the organic com-
                                               pounds.  The sample preparation and analysis
                                               fay GC/MS  were optimized for polynuclear aro-
                                              matlc hydrocarbons (PNA).   Selected samples
                                              were further analyzed by high resolution MS
                                              to characterize further the PNA present 1n
                                              the samples.  Polychlorinated blphenyl (PCB)
                                              analysis consisted of:  sample cleanup to
                                              isolate  PCB-containing fraction, deHvati-
                                              zation of this fraction to convert any PCB
                                              to decachloroblphenyl and  detection by GC'
                                              with electron capture.  Those sample frac-
                                              tions for which PCB was detected  are analyzed
                                              by GC/MS of the underivatized sample fraction
                                              to confirm identification.
                        4:25 p.m.

                        ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENT  PROGRAM AT
                        THE PARAHO  SHALE OIL RECOVERY FACILITY
                        Jaak S.  Cotter,  Environmental Engineering
                        Division. TRM
                                              A multi-media sampling and  analysis program
                                              was conducted in 1976 and 1977 at Paraho's
                                              shale oil demonstration plant in Colorado.
                                              The work was sponsored by IERL-Cincinnati.
                                              A number of different sampling methodologies
                                              and analytical procedures were used, with
                                               the objective of comparing measurement tech-
                                               niques for accuracy, practicality, and cost
                                               of implementation.   A brief discussion of the
                                               Paraho process Is included, and the sampling
                                               and analysis rationale is given.  Qualita-
                                               tive and quantitative findings are reported.
                                               Particular attention Is given to  the special
                                               needs of environmental  assessment of vapor,
                                               liquid, and solid waste by-products from oil
                                               shale operations.
                        B:OS p.m-
                                                      Adjourn

-------
                                                                     Symposium At  A  Glance
                           MONDAY, FEBRUARY UTH
                                                                         TUESDAY,  FEBRUARY  WTH
                                                                                                      WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15™
C
ID
8:40   Welcoming Remarks
8:50   Keynote Address
9:20   Announcements
   ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT I, R.
9

"o"
o
rr
_j.
3
(0
0.




9:30
10:10
10:40
11:20
12:15
C|j
tfl
1:30
2:10
2:50
3:30
3:45
4:25
                   OEMI Overview
                   Coffee Break
                   DOE Integrated Assessment
                   EPRI Programs
 J. Burchard, IERL-RTP, EPA
 S. J. Gage, AA ORO, EPA
 J. Dorsey, IERL-RTP, EPA
Hangebrauck, IERL-RTP, EPA
 R. Statnlck, OEMI, EPA
                              R. Cooper, E4S, DOE
                              R. Perhac. EPRI
      Luncheon, Peachtree Lane Room
   ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT II, J. Dorsey, IERL-RTP, EPA
                    OAQPS Use of EA
                    Industrial Process EA
                    Source Assessment Methods
                    Coffee Break
                    Health Effects Programs
                    Level 1 Bloassay Methods
                              R. Rhoads, OAQPS, EPA
                              E. Berfcau. IERL-C1, EPA
                              T. Hughes. Monsanto

                              S. Sandhu, NERL, EPA
                              K. Duke, Battelle
              5:30 - 7:00 Social Reception, Peachtree Lane Room
MEASUREMENT TECHNOLOGIES I , 1
8:30
9:10
9:50
10:30
10:45
11:25
12:15
SASS Train Development
Field Evaluation of SASS
and Level 1
Inorganic Emissions
Coffee Break
Organic Emissions
Level 1 Critique
Luncheon, Peachtree Lane
MEASUREMENT TECHNOLOGIES II,
1:30
2:10
2:50
3:30
3:45
4:25
5:05
Fugitive Emissions
Priority Pollutants
Analysis
Alternative Level 1
Coffee Break
Coal Tar Analysis
POM Characterization
Adjourn
.. Johnson, IERL-RTP, EPA
D. Blake, Aerotherm
F. Smith, RTI
R. Maddalone, ATO, TRW

P. Levins, ADL
P. Jones, Battelle
Room
C. Locnmuller. Duke U.
H. Kolnsberg, TRC
W. Telllard, EGD, EPA
K. Bombaugh, Radian

C. Sparaclno, RTI
D. Natusch, Col. St. U.

                                                                                                                                              INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES, E.  Burns, S
                                                                                                                                                                         3
8:30
9:10
9:50
10:30
10:45
11:25
12:00

1:30
2:10
2:50
3:30
3:45
4:25
Petroleum Refining
Textile Industries
Non-Ferrous Metals
Coffee Break
Conventional Combustion
Systems
Glass
Lunch Break
ENERGY PROCESSES, K.
FBC Processes
Hygas
Syntholl/Syn thane
Coffee Break
Waste/Energy System
011 Shale Processes
D. Rosebrook, Radian
G. Rawlings, Monsanto
G. Nichols, IERL-C1,

M. Hamersma, ATD, TRW


EPA


C. Darvln. IERL-C1. EPA

Bombaugh, Radian
K. Murthy, Battelle
L. Anastasla, IIGT
J. Sharkey, PERCj DOE

M. Marcus, MRI
J. Cotter, EED, TRW








                                                                                                                                 5:05 Adjourn

-------
2.15  TASK 26  TOTAL PARTICULATE MASS EMISSION SAMPLING ERRORS
2.15.1  Objective
     The task objective was to obtain an estimate of sampling errors in the
measurement of total participate mass emissions from stationary sources.
More specifically, it was desired to determine the accuracy of particulate
mass emissions as determined by techniques in "IERL-RT,P Procedures Manual:
Level 1 Environmental Assessment."
2.15.2  Approach
     The approach taken was to perform a standard error analysis, based on
the relevant equation of motion, hardware characteristics of sampling sys-
tems, and sampling methodology.  The result of the effort was a fifty-page
report which concluded that the accuracy of the SASS train as used for
Level 1 assessment work has an accuracy of "factor of ± 2 to 3" or better,
as  required by the  Level 1 procedures.
     The draft final report was submitted at the completion of 100 technical
hours.  At the request of the Project Officer, there was an extensive
rewrite, including putting most of the technical derivations in appendices,
in order to obtain an optimum format for the designated audience.
2.15.3  Technical Discussion
   . The error analysis was quite straightforward.  The basic approach used
was a fully entrained particle model with a factor to allow for gas/
particle slip.  Given this equation of motion, a standard error analysis
as was done in EPA-600/2-76-203, "Flow and Gas Sampling Manual."  The error
equations were derived, and individual error terms were evaluated using
instrument characteristics, typical source characteristics, and methodology
details.
     Basic results showed a SASS train accuracy of about a factor of ± 2
or better at places such as stacks and inlets to control devices, and a
factor of ± 3 at a control device outlet.  These accuracies are for a
                                   162

-------
   can
a six-
single point sample.   Results also showed that the  SASS train accuracy

be dramatically  improved,  to about ± 25 percent or  better, by using

teen point traverse  in lieu of a single sample point.  Along with the SASS

train evaluation,  calculations were also performed  for a  "maximum accuracy-

train - a hypothetical sampling train using the best available commercial

hardware.  Since for single point sampling the greatest error is due to

particle stratification in the stream, the single point accuracy of the

SASS and "maximum accuracy" train was found to be virtually identical.   For

a 16-point traverse,  however, the calculated accuracy of  the "maximum

accuracy" train  was  in the range of 10% - 16%, significantly better than

the SASS train.   The most  important result as far as IERL is concerned  was

that the accuracy of the SASS train and Method 1 procedures was found to be
as claimed.

2.15.4  Summary  and  Recommendations

     From this task  it was found:

     1)  Level 1 total particulate mass emission assessments:

         •  A SASS train operated in accordance with "IERL-RTP Pro-
            cedures  Manual, Level 1 Environmental Assessment" sampling
            at a single point will have a sampling  accuracy of a fac-
            tor  of ±2 or better in most locations such as stacks or
            control  device inlets.  Under worst case conditions, such
            as at an ESP outlet, it will have an accuracy of about a
            factor of ±3.
         t  The  degree of  anisokinetic sampling induced by the SASS
            train design and operation has a negligible effect on sys-
            tem  accuracy.
         •  In single point sampling, the mapping error (non-repre-
            sentativeness  of the selected point) will be  the largest
            individual error in the system.
         t  Sampling accuracy using the SASS train  could  be improved
            to about ±25 percent by using a 16-point traverse rather
            than sampling  at a single point.

     2)  General
         •  For  traverse sampling, the largest individual error will
            normally be in collected particulate mass, due to amso-
            kinetic  sampling and flow/probe misalignment.

         •  System accuracies of ±10 percent to ±16 percent can be
            achieved using commercially available equipment and a
            16-point traverse.  These accuracy levels, while no*
            required for environmental assessment,  indicate potential
            accuracies for control device evaluation testing.

                                    163

-------
It is recommended that:

•  The SASS train in its present state is recommended for Level 1
   assessment work, using single point sampling.  A modified trav-
   erse (along a single line) should be considered for places such
   as ESP outlets to minimize errors due to stratification.

•  Additional stratification data should be obtained at sites such
   as full-scale, coal-fired power plants for the three general
   types of most important locations:  control device inlets, con-
   trol device outlets, and stacks.  Such data should be obtained
   with a single (or identical) train(s) to isolate the stratifi-
   cation data.

t  Development of methodology to optimize single point sampling
   accuracy through judicious selection of the sampling point
   should be pursued through analysis of stratification data and
   proof of principal source testing for proposed techniques.

•  There is a need for lightweight, high volumetric flow sampling
   hardware and associated procedures to perform quick (1-2 hour)
   surveys to determine particulate stratification in sources so
   that appropriate techniques can be used for longer term source
   assessment testing.
t  Additional error analysis work should be performed for size
   fractionating sampling techniques.  The present analysis applies
   only to the total particulate mass determination.

•  Although this report does not deal specifically with Method 5
   hardware and procedures, results suggest that for hardware of
   a given accuracy, there will exist specific procedures to opti-
   mize system performance (achieve close to maximum accuracy while
   minimizing manpower requirements and sampling times).  Work
   should be continued to prepare an IERL-RTP Procedures Manual
   in this area.
                             164

-------
2.16  TASK 32  SUPPORT TO LEVEL 1  ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT STUDY
2.16.1  Objective
     Radian Corporation,  Austin, Texas, is conducting a Level 1
Environmental Assessment  (EA)  of a low BTU Coal  Gasfication Plant at the
Holston Army Ammunition Arsenal.  TRW has been  assigned by PMB to assist,
advise, and instruct Radian in all phases of this  Level 1 pilot study.
     Four subtasks  describe the full  scope of Task 32.  There are:
Subtask 1.  Prior to Field Analysis —
     TRW would establish  a working relationship with Radian.  This working
relationship includes an  initial home office visit to establish in them a
comprehensive understanding of the philosophy,  sampling protocols, and
equipment required  to conduct  a Level 1 EA, instruction of Radian's per-
sonnel in Level  1 sampling and analytical procedures and determining the
extent of a quality assurance  program.
Subtask 2.  During  the Field Analysis—
     TRW would provide "on site" sampling and analysis assistance when
Radian is in the sample acquisition phase and field analysis phase.  This
assistance would include, but  not be limited to:   identification/correction
of deviations from  the promulgated Level  1 procedures; identification/
correction of sampling and/or  analytical  deficiencies, preparation of a
letter report describing  problems, solutions, and  ease with which the pro-
cedures were used.
Subtask 3.  Analysis of Samples at Radian's Site—
     TRW would follow the analysis of the samples  which were acquired.
If analysis problems occur, it would be the responsibility of TRW to advise
the PMB Project  Officer and the EA contractor's Project Officer of the
difficulty and obtain concurrence to perform additional analyses on the
sample.  It is TRW's responsibility throughout  the pilot study to assure
the EA Project Officers that they will obtain the  information which is
required.
                                   165

-------
Subtask 4.  Reporting'—
     At the conclusion of this effort, the contractor will prepare a
report which identifies areas that require additional sampling and/or ana-
lytical research and development to improve Level 1 procedures.  This docu-
ment will include the ideas of each monitoring contractor who was involved
in each pilot study.
2.16.2  Approach
     This is basically a consulting task.  However, TRW's approach has been
to not only aid Radian in their efforts but also to contribute to the over-
all development of the Level 1 methodology.
2.16.3  Technical Discussion
     The major work areas of this Task have been completed.  Therefore, the
following technical discussion is organized to report sequentially on each
subtask described in Section 1.0.
     Prior to Field Analysis--
     TRW visited Radian's Laboratories with the PMB Project Officer in late
March 1977.  Key personnel contacts were established and the Level 1 phi-
losophy, sampling protocols, sampling equipment operation, and analytical
procedures were discussed in detail with Radian's performing team.
     On 15 April 1977 TRW compiled and submitted to PMB a report on the
"Problems and Deficiencies, Level 1 Environmental Assessment Procedures".
This was to serve as the discussion basis of a meeting held on May 2 and
3 at RTP between the PMB contractors involved in the Level 1 pilot studies
(RTI, ADL, and TRW).  At that time various modifications were agreed upon
and adopted to the Level 1 sampling and analysis protocol.  These were:
     •  Various changes in field GC operations to accommodate particu-
        lar instrumental differences.
     •  Gas Sampling Tedlar bags acceptable for gas sampling.
     •  Adoption of a new sample combination scheme.
     •  Approval and incorporation of a new organic analysis scheme.
                                   166

-------
Action items which  were assigned to the PMB contractors  as  a  result of this
meeting were:
API

     •  Conduct  a meeting with the Level 1 pilot study and  the PMB ron
        tractors to standardize the LRMS procedure and ?nterpreSion
IRW

     •  Develop  a contamination-free Parr Bomb Procedure.
     •  Investigate and resolve the recovery problems of As,  Sb and Ha
        from the impinger solutions.                                y
     t  Provide  step-wise procedures for As by the silver diethyl dithio-
        carbamate procedure, Hg by the cold vapor technique and Sb by
        the Atomic  Absorption Spectrometry procedure.
     ADL  held  their coordination meeting in late May and TRW  participated.
TRW delivered  to PMB the developed procedures on 3 June  1977  in letter
report form.
     During this period letters and telecons with Radian were actively
answering the  sampling and analytical inquiries and their test plan was
reviewed.  Arrangements were also made to have a TRW representative pre-
sent during the  field sampling activities.
     During the  Field Analysis
     Radian field test was conducted in August.  The TRW representative
was present during  their Level 1 acquisition phase on August  30 and 31.
He participated  in  decisions concerning modification of  the sampling pro-
cedures for the  high tar content vent sampled.  These included but were
not limited to:
     •  The downtime  realized for changing of plugged filter.  This
        would  result in a longer total  sampling time to  acquire the
        Level  1  required 30M3.  Therefore, it was decided to  change
        the filter  as often as necessary and sample as long as possible
        to acquire  a reasonable quantity of sample. Documentation of
        the exact sampled volume was made.
     •  High tar condensation was observed in the cyclones.   Plugging
        was also a  problem experienced.  Two additional  Problems
        resulted from this condition.  One was the loss  of  PJ^icle
        size separation and the other was the lack of adequate tar
removal by the methylene  chlor de nnse^  "^JiS Se^lones
better separation could be  achieved without heating the cyclones
                           167

-------
        and allowing greater tar condensation.  This also reduced the
        plugging problem.  Methylene chloride/methanol and mixtures
        were used for additional tar removal.

     Analysis of Samples at Radian's Site —

     On November 10th and 11th a TRW representative visited Radian to
                             t-
observe the Level 1 sample analysis phase of the pilot study and assist

with problems.  Briefly the findings of this visit can be summarized as

fol1ows:

     •  The high tar content prevented analysis to proceed along "particu-
        late" breakdown Level 1 guidelines.

     t  The high organic, sulfide and cyanide levels in the separator
        liquid sample produced interferences with several of the field
        water quality tests and made the odor and alkalinity measure-
        ments incapable of being conducted due to health hazards.
     t  Methylene chloride was found to extract only between 31-35%
        of the organics present.  Other solvent systems, therefore
        were implemented.

     •  Fractions 4 through 8 of the liquid chromatographic separation
        were smeared to the extent that the Infrared Spectroscopy and
        Low Resolution Mass Spectrometry were difficult to interpret.

     •  The Gas Chromatographic, TCO, analysis if conducted exactly by
        the Level 1 procedure was not quantifiable because of extremely
        high loading on the column.

     •  Various alternative organic analysis procedures were discussed.
        These would all be considered "Level 2" in nature.  However,
        the validity of proceeding to Level 2 organic sampling and
        analysis is well justified from the Level 1 data and proved
        Level 1 to be viable both in sampling and analysis.

     Report!ng--

     The final documentation on this task was sent at the end of

May 1978.  Additional reporting requirements have been met with monthly
progress reports and letter reports.

2.16.4  Summary of Results and Recommendations

     In summary, this task has provided a necessary evaluation mechanism

for the Level 1 Environmental Assessment protocol as applied to an unusu-

ally high organic content stream.  The sampling and analytical insight
                                   168

-------
gained from this  test  has  been  valuable to  the evolution of the Level  1
methodology.  When  the test's final  evaluation and Level 1 recommendations
have been made, documentation will  exist to aid  future teams in conducting
sampling and  analysis  on similar sites.
     This  type  of team effort can be valuable to future activities.  The
combination of  an EA with a PMB contractor provides  an excellent blend of
sampling  and analytical expertise.
                                      169

-------
2.17  TASK 36  INORGANIC MEG COMPOUNDS AND LEVEL 1 ASSESSMENT
2.17.1  Objective
     This 100-hour task was initiated to theoretically predict:
     •  If Level  1 Environmental Assessment is capable of detecting
        the inorganic Multimedia Environmental Goal (MEG) compounds
        and elements at their Estimated Permissible Concentrations (EPC).
     •  Where in the Source Assessment Sampling System each inorganic
        compound and element is likely to be found.
     •  What MEG compounds, elements and valance states can be pre-
        dicted in Level 1 aqueous samples.
     •  The nature of difficulty in detecting by "non-Level 1" techni-
        ques MEG compounds at EPC levels.
Organometallic MEG compounds were not included in this study.
     This basic study was completed in June 1977.  The task was
reopened to address the current list of MEG compounds (November 1977)
at their Minimum Acute Toxicity Effluent (MATE) levels.  The draft docu-
ment  issued in June 1977 was revised using MATE'S in place of
EPC's.
2.17.2  Approach
      Two general approaches were taken.  One was to theoretically discuss
the capability of Level 1 to detect the MEG compounds and elements at
their EPC concentrations.  The other was to assess actual Level 1 data and
compare values obtained and limits of detection with the EPC's.
2.17.3  Technical Discussion
     The theoretical discussion which predicted the capability of Level 1
to detect MEG compounds at their EPC concentrations simply back-calculated
from the EPC's the probable quantity present in a 30M3 sample  (EPC con-
centration in yg/M3X 30M3).  The effects of SASS distribution and sample
combinations, preparation, and the specific analytical techniques detec-
tability were then considered.  Based on these predictions most of the
inorganic elements at EPC's were detectable by the Level 1 analytical tech-
niques.  Problem elements, because of the Level 1 factor of  3  accuracy,
were  identified.
                                   170

-------
     A discussion  of SASS distribution based on actual  run  data was also
part of the approach.   Through the knowledge of concentration  levels of
MEG compounds  probable in common sources, and comparison  of these actual
values and actual  limits of detection with the EPC's,  problematic MEG com-
pounds were identified.  In general, detectability problems (at the time
of this original  study) at coal- and oil-fired plants  had not  been encountered.
     The  investigation of Level 1 water samples considered  the MEG inor-
ganic compound's  physical properties and predicted the probable MEG species
present based on  solubility and stability.  The MEG inorganic  elements were
also tabulated comparatively with the detection limit  for each element in
water by  SSMS and the Level 1 wet chemical techniques.  Level  1 was found
to be viable  for most MEG's with problems possible when EPC levels of Be and
As are  sought because of the Level 1 accuracy requirements.
     The  "non-Level 1" techniques recommended for the  detection of problem-
atic MEG  compounds and elements were:
     t   Sample concentration by a factor of 10(100 mL to 10 mL)
     t   Graphite Tube Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (AAS)
 2.17.4  Summary of  Results and Recommendations
     The  results and recommendations from the  "Draft on Inorganic MEG Com-
 pounds  and Level  1 Assessment  Detection Capability" (Document  #28055-6008-
 TU-81)  dated 30 June 1977 were as follows:
 Conclusions--
      t  The Level  1  Environmental Assessment  protocol  is capable  of
         detecting most MEG elements  at  the  concentration levels  imposed
         by the EPC  X  100 criteria.
      •  Beryllium at  the EPC X 100  level  of interest is theoretically
         not detectable by current Level  1 techniques.
      .  Arsenic, selenium, thallium,  chromium,  silver  lithium,  antimony
         and cadmium are theoretically not detectable at the EPC  X 100
         level of interest in some of the  SASS components.
      t  Detectability  problems have  not yet been  encountered for MEG
         elements at coal-and oil-fired  systems sampled.
                                    171

-------
Recommendations —

     •  Investigate the recovery, detection limits and costs of analyzing
        Be, As, Se, Th, Cr, Ag and Cd standards at the predicted EPC
        concentrations, by the graphite tube atomic absorption spectro-
        scopic technique after a sample concentration procedure.

     Recommendations were also made to revise this draft document using
MATE concentrations in place of the EPC,  and tt was completed  tn May 1978.
                                  172

-------
2-18  TASKn
2.18.1  Objective

     The objective of this recently completed task was to support TRW's
participation  with RTI, ADL, Radian, and SoRI in collaborative  testing of
the SASS and the  Level  1 analysis procedures.  The purpose of the overall
test program was  to define the precision of the Level  1  procedures.
2,18.2  Approach

     The effort consisted of two verification phases.   Phase I  involved a
field sampling effort in which SASS performance and field procedures were
evaluated.  Field sampling teams from Radian, SoRI, and TRW participated
in the  Phase  I effort which was conducted at an aluminum smelter.  The
collaborative  sampling effort involved the use of three trains  (two SASS
and one method 5) during three sampling runs.  This matrix allowed the
rotation of the trains such that each participating team used each train
once.
     Phase  II  involved a similar collaborative effort  directed  at the
Level 1 laboratory analysis procedures.  Three types of samples were pre-
pared by ADL,  one of which was directly derived from the samples acquired
in Phase I, and the other two were specially compounded with known mixtures.
Only RTI, who  acted as the central study coordinator,  was informed by ADL
of the  composition of the specially prepared samples.   All analyses were
conducted in  strict accordance with procedures as specified in  the EPA-
IERL Level  1 manual.  The only instances involving modifications or devi-
ations  from the Level 1 manual were when newly revised,  EPA approved pro-
cedures superceded them.  These new procedures were documented  by RTI and
supplied to all contractors participating in this study.
2.18.3   Technical Discussion
     The collaborative sampling matrix involved the use of three trains
(two SASS and  one method 5), rotated in such a way that each contractor
                                     173

-------
used each train once.  This  rotational matrix  is  illustrated by the
following example:

Test 1
Test 2
Test 3
SASS 1
SoRI
TRW
RADIAN
SASS 2
RADIAN
SoRI
TRW
Method 5
TRW
RADIAN
SoRI
      In the performance of this phase of the task, TRW not only  supplied
a  sampling crew but also:
      t  Acted as key contact with Kaiser Aluminum to arrange  schedules
        and logistics for the sampling effort.
      •  Performed a pre-test site survey.
      •  Arranged for the installation of sampling ports.
      •  Supplied one of TRW's mobile source assessment vans equipped
        to perform on-site weighings, GC analysis, and general
        Level 1 support.
      The results of the Phase I efforts were recorded and reported by RTI.
RTI also coordinated the Phase II analytical testing, collected  all data
from  the participating contractors, and is in the process of  preparing a
report on the collaborative results.
      TRW supported the Phase II effort by analyzing the selected samples
provided by RTI (prepared with the support of ADL).  These samples were
submitted to the standard Level 1 scheme in routine use by TRW on the
"Environmental Assessment of Conventional Combustion Systems" program, and
all results along with copies of raw data were reported to RTI.
                                       /
2.18.4  Summary of Results and Recommendations
     Although remarkable progress has been made toward defining  the details
of the Level 1 procedures in the relatively short period of time since they
were first published, there remain considerable ambiguities which can lead
to differences in the interpretation of the procedures.  That such differ-
ences exist was evident in both phases of the effort.  The seriousness of
these potential  interpretive differences will hopefully be addressed in
RTI's summation of this collaborative testing.
                                   174

-------
     As a result of an ongoing  project  at TRW involving the environmental
assessment of stationary  combustion sources, a detailed, highly specific
rendition of the Level 1  procedures has been written.  This document is
called the "Emission  Assessment of Conventional  Combustion Sources Pro-
cedures Manual  for Sampling and Analysis"  (EPA Contract 68-02-2197) and
is written in  a format which is amenable to standardization and which has
been  successful in its implementation.   It is thus recommended that a
similar,  detailed format be used in the revised  publication of the Level 1
procedures.   Using this  kind of format there can be very little doubt as
 to specific procedural directives.
                                       175

-------
2.19  TASK 47  AUTOMATIC SULFUR TRIOXIDE MONITOR
2.19.1  Objective
     The objective of this task was to develop an automatic sulfur
trioxide monitor based on the Goksoyr-Ross coil capable of providing
reasonably accurate measurements (±20%) of sulfur trioxide concentration
in process gas streams.  The unit was to be designed for continuous,
unattended operation for periods on the order of 24 hours.
2.19.2  Approach
     The task was divided into the following items:
     •  Design of the prototype unit
     •  Construction and laboratory tests
     •  Field test evaluation
     t  Preparation of final report and operations manual
The unit was designed with the idea of facilitating field handling, and
for ease of operation.  The final design was submitted to IERL/RTP and
work began on construction of the prototype unit.  The hardware buildup
was aimed specifically at providing a unit capable of operation in a field
environment, thereby necessitating sturdy construction.  The unit was
designed to be easily modified if necessary, and had an extremely flexible
control system installed.
     The laboratory tests and field tests will be performed to determine
the monitor's performance capabilitites, particularly under actual field
conditions.  Upon successful completion of these tests an operations manual
with the system's description will be written, as well as a final report
summarizing the test results.
2.19.3  Technical Discussion
     The monitor was designed in two units; the probe unit which contains
the glass sampling train and conductivity cell (Figure 25) and the con-
trol unit, which contains the automatic sequencer, electrical distribution
panel, and pumps.  The sampling train was designed of all pyrex or quartz,
and the solenoid valves utilized were of all Teflon construction so that
                                    176

-------

                                CYCLINDRICAL
                                QUARTZ
                                FILTER
                                                   CONTROLLED!!
                                                   CONDENSATION
                                                   COIL
                 TEMPERATURE
                 CONTROLLER
                  CONST;
                  TEMPERATURE
                  BATH
CONDUCTIVITY;5;
Figure 25.   Inside  View of  Automatic S03  Monitor


                            177

-------
the acid solution would not contact any metallic components.  The function
of the monitor's components are controlled by a sequencer which has eleven
separate timing channels, each variable from 0 to 999 seconds.  The
sequencer operates the components in specific cycles according to the
sampling time desired.  The output of the unit is in terms of solution
conductivity; a conductivity cell measures the conductivity of a rinse
solution which has washed through the Goksoyr-Ross coil, thereby providing
data on the amount of acid in the solution.  Through calibration, this can
be related to sulfur trioxide concentration in the sample gas.
     A series of engineering sketches was prepared showing the design of
each major component in the two units, and a complete list of parts and
suppliers was submitted to IERL/RTP.  The control system was of consider-
able importance and therefore a considerable amount of time was devoted to
its design and construction.  Versatility and ease of timing alteration
were of prime importance.  The sampling system components were manufactured
of quartz and/or pyrex in order to withstand the temperature and acid solu-
tion without degradation.  The entire sampling system from probe inlet to
the controlled condensation coil is heated to 288°C to prevent acid conden-
sation prior to the coil.  All components necessary for the measurement of
conductivity are water-jacketed at 60°C ± 1°C to provide temperature sta-
bility.  This is essential for accurate conductivity measurements.
2.19.4  Summary and Conclusions
     The field test unit has been successfully operated both in the laboratory
and in the field at the Tennessee Valley Authority Shawnee Power Plant.
The probe unit itself weighs 41  kg and is 91 x 76 x 30 cm in overall
dimensions.  The glassware components are firmly mounted with shock-reducing
mounts to reduce stress on the glass in field operation.  The control unit
components are temporarily mounted in an electronic enclosure for the
laboratory tests.   Connections to the probe unit are a series of quick
disconnect fittings and thermocouple jacks.  This facilitates set-up in
the field since both units are self-contained.
     Laboratory testing showed the monitor capable of a linear response to
sulfuric acid concentrations as low as 0.5 ppm during a 7 minute sampling
cycle,  with variations in conductivity output of + 4%.  Smaller concentrations
may be detectable  within this accuracy by increasing the length of the

                                    178

-------
sampling cycle.  Tests  utilizing a sulfuric acid mist generator at the
probe inlet showed  that the system recovers 92% of the acid  injection.
Variations in  system performance at the extreme range of conductivity
measurable indicated an accuracy of +92 under laboratory conditions.
The system was also shown to be unaffected by S02 in as high as 4000 ppm
concentration.  All tests were performed with the system operating in
the fully automatic mode to duplicate field conditions as closely as
possible.
     A  one-week field test was performed at the Shawnee facility.  No
problems were  encountered in setup of the equipment; however, the sampling
probe and  replacement were destroyed in shipment.  Initial tests were
begun using  a  repaired probe while new probes were being prepared.  A
continuous  test of 3.75 hours in duration was performed at the inlet to
the venturi-scrubber, where high particulate loadings were encountered
        o
 (11 g/m ).   During this test, it was necessary to add an impinger and absorber
to remove  condensed water from the vacuum lines.  This water vapor damaged
 the differential pressure meter so that a dry gas test meter was added to
 obtain  an  accurate gas flow reading.  Manual samples were taken with a
manual  Goksoyr-Ross system to provide reference data; the measurements
 agreed  within +7% at 20 ppm concentration.
      Due to shutdown of the scrubber being sampled, the equipment was moved
 to the  inlet of a second scrubber.  An endurance test was started with a new
 probe  and  clean filter and condensation coil.  During a 12-hour continuous
 run, measurements with the automatic system agreed with spot measurements
 taken  with the manual system within +435 at 8 ppm.
     A  problem occurred which prevented longer continuous tests.   It appeared
 that a  heavy oily substance was being condensed and trapped  on  the conden-
 sation  coil  frit, thereby plugging it and stopping the monitor's  operation.
 Subsequent tests with a new condensation coil provided only 2  hours more of
 continuous operation.
     The results of the successful laboratory and field tests  were documented
 in a final  report submitted in  September 1978.  A comprehensive Operations
and Maintenance Manual was also prepared.
                                     179

-------
2.20  TASK 48  ANALYSIS USING ION CHROMATOGRAPHY

2.20.1  Objective
     The task was devoted to the development of an analytical scheme
utilizing ion chromatography to determine specific ions in dual-alkali
process streams.  The goals of the task were to:  develop a sample collec-
tion plan; develop a sample preservation plan; develop a separation pro-
cedure for solution, slurry, solids, and solubles in cake; demonstrate
the accuracy and precision of the analytical scheme; and write an analytical
procedure manual.

2.20.2  Approach
      Sampling programs were prepared for a venturi/spray tower (limestone)
scrubber and a  pilot dual alkali scrubber.  These two types of scrubbers were
selected because they are representative of current technology and future
technology.  The specific facilities finally chosen were the Tennessee Valley
 Authority (TVA) Shawnee Test Facility,  Paducah, Kentucky,  and  the Arthur D.
Little pilot dual alkali scrubber.
      Working both with samples from the Shawnee facility and with synthetic
mixtures, procedures were established to preserve samples, separate liquids
from  solids  in  the field, and to accurately and precisely analyze the samples
for the species of interest: sulfate, sulfite,  chloride, carbonate, nitrate,
calcium, magnesium, sodium, and potassium.
2.20.3  Technical Discussion
      A sample preservation plan was developed for a typical dual-alkali  wet
scrubber process.  Samples from the process streams are separated  into
two groups,  solids and solutions.  Solution samples and filtrate from slurry
samples are  further divided  into five groups and preserved on  site
according to Table 23.   Solid samples, solids from slurry samples and filter
cake  samples are not preserved but just placed  into containers.   These  actions
ensure that  equilibria between species in these samples are  preserved whenever
it is necessary.  Preservatives and holding times are  specified  to prevent
deterioration of species susceptible to chemical changes.
                                      180

-------
                              TABLE 23.   RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR  SOLUTION  PRESERVATION
Measurement
Total oxidizable sulfur
Sulfate
Hydroxide
Acidity
Carbonate
Chloride
Calcium
Sodium
Magnesium
pH
Total Sulfur
Nitrate
Container
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Preservative
Cool, 4°C
HN03 to pH 2
Cool, 4°C
Detection on site
Cool, 4°C
Zn Acetate
Cool, 4°C
H2S04 to pH 2
Holding Time
24 hrs
6 mos
7 hrs
. 24 hrs
24 hrs
00

-------
     A separation procedure for solution, slurry, solid and solubles in
cake was developed.  The separation procedure is divided into two parts:
liquids sample and solid samples.  Slurry samples will be filtered and solids
which pass through the 0.5y Fluoropore filter will be considered in solution.
     The recommended filter is 0.5ym Gelman Acupore.  Acupore
filters are both chemically clean and inert to most organic and corrosive
solvents.  Furthermore, Acupore does not have a tendency to absorb metals on
its surface.  If a slurry sample is found ,to contain a large amount of solids,
pre-filtration is necessary using another Teflon filter, Millipore Mitex.
This filter is available in a lOy-pore size and is designed to act both as a
membrane and depth-type filter.  The larger pore size of the Mitex filter
allows for a higher solid content without clogging.  Pre-filtration with
Mitex followed by filtration through 0.5ym Acupore should produce a
solids-free solution.
     Solid samples will be dissolved in concentrated nitric acid and
the resulting solution or slurry will then undergo the same treatment
as the liquid samples.
     The analytical scheme for anion analysis had to overcome two major problems:
           f\                                               f)
NOg and SO,  ions had very similar retention times, and COl  ions could not
be detected in the presence of the anions of interest because COZ ions were
part of the eluent solution.  In order to determine all the anions of interest
in a sample, the anion sample would have to be run three separate times on the
ion chromatograph using two different sets of columns.
     The analytical scheme for anion analysis finally developed involves these
basic procedures:
     1.  The first anion sample run determines the amounts of chloride,
         total oxidizable sulfur (TOS), and sulfate.  The columns employed
         in the ion chromatograph are the Dionex anion separator and
         suppressor with a Na2C03/NaHC03 solution as the eluent.
     2.  The second anion sample run determines the concentration of nitrate.
         The ion chromatographic columns and conditions are the same
         except that the anion sample is pretreated with H905.  The
         peroxide provides two services:  it oxidizes the SuTfur in the
         solution to S0| so that the total sulfur can be determined in
         the sample; it oxidizes S0§ to S0|  thus deconvoluting the SO^/NO?
         peak overlap.                                                J

                                     182

-------
     3.  The third amon sample  run  determines the amount of carbonate.
         rnUr*CSr°mf °9-a|l1S  ?6t  Up with a B1oRad AG ™ suppressor
         coluran=and water  is  the eluent.  The single suppressor separates
         the C03 ions from all other anions.
     4.  Hydroxide can not be determined by  ion chromatography -
         Alternative approaches  to the hydroxide problem are acid/base
         titration or pH determination.
     In the analytical scheme for  cation analysis, calcium, magnesium, and
sodium were separated and  detected by  ion chromatography with a Dionex separ-
ator and suppressor column.   Calcium and magnesium were separated with a
p-phenylenedramine dihydrochloride eluent while sodium was separated using a
nitic acid eluent.
     The analytical scheme for cation  analysis can be summarized  as follows:
     1.  The first cation  sample run determines the amounts of sodium.  The
         columns employed  in  the ion chromatograph are the Dionex cation
         separator and suppressor  with a HN03 solution as the eluent.
     2.  The second cation sample  run  determines the amount of calcium
         and magnesium.  The  same  type Dionex cation columns are  used  as
         in Step 1, but a  p-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride solution  is the
         new eluent.  Two  separate sets of Dionex cation columns  must  be
         employed for cation  detection because p-phenylenedramine dihyd-
         rochloride tends  to  degenerate the  column packing material and this
         would cause an interference with the sodium separation.   The  nitric
         acid eluent for sodium  does not separate the calcium and magnesium.
     Table 24 lists retention times  and corresponding operating parameters  of
the various ions present in wet  scrubber samples.
     The accuracy and precision  of the analytical scheme was tested using
real samples from the lime/limestone wet scrubber at the TVA Shawnee Plant
in Paducah, Kentucky.  Table  25  shows  a direct comparison between TVA  and
TRW sample analysis for the lime/limestone wet scrubber.  Because the
values reported for magnesium and  sodium varied greatly, the samples were
determined a second time by atomic absorption at TRW and these new results
were in line with the ion  chromatography values.  These results indicate
that there must be a shift in the  solution equilibrium because of the time
difference between sampling at  Paducah and analysis at TRW.  A check  of
the pH of the sample solutions  showed  that all the solutions decreased  in
acidity to almost neutral  or  basic.  A shift in pH would account for  the
differences in the magnesium  concentration reported  because magnesium oxide
is only slightly soluble in  solution.   On  the other  hand,  the  chloride

                                   183

-------
                           TABLE  24.   RETENTION TIME OF VARIOUS  IONS FOUND IN WET SCRUBBERS
m
•MHH^H^^^^^VMHAMfl
Species
Cl"
S0=
N03
so;
co3
ca+2
Mg+2
Na+
K+
••••^^^^^•^M^^
Cone.
10 ppm
10 ppm
10 ppm
10 ppm
10 ppm
10 ppm
10 ppm
10 ppm
10 ppm
M«^^»W^M*^*^BI*i«»^^^»«
Retention
Time
4.5 min
10
8
16
6
12
8
7
12
••^•^V^HMHW^M^I-WBW
Dionex
Separator
Column
Anion
3 x 500
Anion
3 x 500
Anion
3 x 500
Anion
3 x 500
BloRad
6 x 500
Cation
6 X 250
Cation
6 x 250
Cation
6 x 250
Cation
6 x 250
•n»ii»n« 1 1 i i • 	 • 	 • ma 	 1 1
Dionex
Suppressor
Column
Anion
6 x 250
Anion
6 x 250
Anion
6 x 250
Anion
6 x 250
None
Cation
9 x 250
Cation .
9 x 250
Cation
9 x 250
Cation
9 x 250
••••M^MM^i^lW^MIWi^M
Flow Rate
302
30%
30%
30%
30%
40X
40X
40X
40X
•MMBMHBMWHOMMHMMViWW
Eluent
0.003M NaHC03/
0.0025M Na2C03
0.003M NaHC03/
0.0025M Na2C03
0.003N NaHC03/
0.0025M Na2C03
0.003M NaHOy
0.0025M Na2C03
Mater
For both
Cations
0.001 M
p-phenylene-
dlamlne
dlhydrochloride
.005N HN03
.005N HN03
^^••••••••RI^HH^
Temp.
24°C
248C
24°C
24°C
24°C
24°C
24°C
24°C
24«C

-------
          TABLE  25.   DIRECT  COMPARISON  BETWEEN  TVA AND  TRW  SAMPLE ANALYSIS  FOR  THE  LIME/LIMESTONE WET  SCRUBBER
00
en
	 - - • —
Species

Calcium

Magnesium


Sodi urn


Sulfate

Chloride

•••••••••••••••••(••••^^
Method of Analysis

Atomic Absorption (TVA)
Ion Chromatography (TRW)
Atomic Absorption (TVA)
Ion Chromatography (TRW)
Atomic Absorption (TRW)
Atomic Absorption (TVA)
Ion Chromatography (TRW)
Atomic Absorption (TRW)
Ion Exchange (TVA)
Ion Chromatography (TRW)
Potentiometric (TVA)
Ion Chromatography (TRW)
Concentration (in ppm)
TVA Sample Identification
#5253
604
551
8219
10506
11025
186
172

32994
34000
2676
2726
#5254
624
618
5269
5030

192
197
195
17584
16209
1418
1454
#5255
618
614
4629
5536

55
99
102
17700
16660
1418
1485
#5256
667
541
8179
10014
10490
47
92

31442
34404
2614
2675

-------
concentration would not be susceptible to changes in pH, and this was
confirmed by the good correlation between the TVA and TRW values.  Sodium
ion concentration should not vary with changes in pH but only two of the
four TVA determinations showed good agreement with the TRW results.  The two
values which disagree are approximately one-half less than the TRW values
and this could be accounted for by a dilution factor mistake or a calibra-
tion mistake on the AA.  Sulfate ion concentration would constantly increase
with time because any sulfite present would oxidize to sulfate.   The TRW
values for sulfate show both high and low values compared to the TVA results
but both sets of analysis still show good agreement.  The variations between
the TVA and TRW sample analysis seems to be due to sampling and time between
analysis and not an instrumental problem.
2.20.4  Conclusions
     The results of this work have been compiled in a procedures manual,
"Chemical Analysis of Wet Scrubbers Utilizing Ion Chromatorgraphy," which
describes how to collect and preserve samples as well as how to perform
qualitative and quantitative analysis for sodium, potassium, magnesium,
calcium, chloride, TOS, sulfate, sulfur, nitrate, carbonate and hydroxide.
                                    186

-------
2.21  TASK 49  MASS  EMISSIONS MONITOR DEMONSTRATION
2.21.1  Objective
     The principal objective of this task was  to demonstrate hardware and
methodology  for  continuous  high accuracy flow  and  gas composition measure-
ment in large  stationary source ducts and stacks.  The technology being
demonstrated was developed  under previous EPA  sponsored programs, and
showed the potential  for large accuracy increases  over single point
continuous sampling  techniques without a substantial system cost and main-
tenance impact.  The technology also has the capability to be used for
active process control  in addition  to passive  monitoring.

2.21.2  Approach
     The gas sampling portion of the system differs from current continuous
extractive sampling  practices only  in that a special (patented)  type of
multiple point gas sampling probe is used.  The probe has a single outlet,
and so is quite  similar in  use to a standard single point gas sampling
probe.  In the preferred approach,  volumetric  flow is measured by means
of a Dieterich Standard Annubar, which is a kind of multiple point pitot
probe with a single  differential pressure as the output.  Since  the
specialized  equipment being demonstrated was "front end" hardware, the
approach taken was to find  a location where a  full sampling system was in
operation and  then perform  the task by substituting our probes,  so that
we could made  use of the rest of the system (sample lines, gas conditioner,
analyzers, recorders, etc.).  The only identified  site at which we could
do this was  the  NIPSCO coal  fired power plant  in Gary, Indiana, where TRW's
Environmental  Engineering Divison was running  a demonstration test on a
novel type of  wet scrubber.   An agreement was  negotiated whereby our stack
gas sampling probe would be substituted into their system, and we would
make use of  Annubars  already installed in the  stack.  In addition, we
would supply a separate system upstream of the scrubber to measure volu-
metric flow  and  bulk  gas composition (N2> C02, 02).  The test period was
planned to be  two weeks in  a "hands-off" mode.
                                      187

-------
2.21.3  Results
     The field effort was for the most part unsuccessful.  The scrubber
was down for repairs during most of the test.  At this particular site,
that meant that the flue gas was diverted to another stack, so that stack
measurements could not be obtained.  A few days before the scrubber came
back on, the EED sampling system broke down and was down for the remainder
of the test.  No stack measurements were obtained, even though the test
period was lengthened by a week in anticipation of the scrubber coming
back on line.
     At the upstream location, volumetric flow data had to be recorded
manually due to a malfunction in our printer.  Excessive flue gas tempera-
tures led to an early failure of the multiple point gas sampling probe.
The one significant observation made during the test came from comparisons
of continuous single point data from our upstream location and from an EED
monitoring location further downstream.  Systematic shifts in gas composi-
tion measurements at the two locations revealed the presence of significant
compositional stratification, the problem the multiple point probe was
designed to handle.

2.21,4  Recommendations
     The observed presence of significant compositional  stratification at
the test site reinforced the need for further work in the area of high
accuracy continuous monitoring.
                                     188

-------
2.22  TASK 51   EPA/TVA LIMESTONE FGD SUPPORT
2.22.1  Objective
     The task was  devoted to supporting process measurement activities at
the EPA/TVA Shawnee  Wet Limestone Test Facility in  Paducah, Kentucky.  The
initial tasks were devoted to the investigation of  trace element vs particle
size distribution  and liquid aerosol sampling of flue gas streams.  The
investigation involved study of:  stack samplers  and particle sizing;
basic theory, limits of detection, limitations and  cost of multielemental
analytical instrumentation; instrumentation for compound identification
and surface analysis; liquid aerosol sampling.
2.22.2  Approach
     The principal topics of concerns requiring technical support have
been
     1)  recommending particle sizing and trace elements analysis approaches
     2)  reviewing and recommending sampling techniques and analysis methods
         for trace element and compounds
     3)  recommending sampling procedures to identify sulfur forms
     4)  evaluating  the feasibility of sampling liquid aerosols at a
         mist eliminator

      5)   developing automated methods to measure  scrubber process stream
          parameters and thereby improve control  of the  scrubber operation.
      Each  has been discussed either at a symposium or  in a  carefully researched
 report.
 2.22.3   Technical  Discussion
      Trace Element Sampling  and Analysis--
      A report consisting  of  four  sections  was written discussing stack
 samplers,  trace multi elemental  analysis  instrumentation, instrumentation
 for compound identification, and  recommended combinations of stack  samplers
 and analytical  instrumentation.   A variety of sampling equipment for flue gas
 particle sizing were  discussed,  including  an:  Aerotherm high volume stack
 sampler, an Aerotherm source assessment stack sampler, and a Meteorology
 Research, Inc., Impactor  (Model  1503).   A brief  discussion of the bas1C
                                      189

-------
theory behind the trace elemental  analytical  techniques, including limits
of detection, lists of limitations and analysis costs for Atomic Absorption
Spectroscopy, Spark Source Mass Spectrometry, Inductively Coupled Plasma
Optical Emission, Neutron Activation Analysis, and Proton Induced X-Ray
Emission was given, as was a brief description of the instrumentation
necessary for compound identification and surface analysis:  X-Ray Powder
Diffraction, Scanning Electron Microscope, Electron Probe Microanalysis,
Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry, and ESCA/Auger.
     Sulfur Form Sampling and Analysis--
     A document was prepared which describes  how the controlled condensation
system can be modified to collect sulfate particles, H2S04, S02, HC1 and HF.
Recommended analytical procedures were included.
     Liquid Aerosol Sampling--
     The task was to measure the mass flow and size distribution of water
droplets at the inlet and outlet of mist eliminators at the TVA Shawnee Wet
Limestone Test Facility.
     The following stream characteristics were considered representative:
                      T:    50°C
        Droplet Loading:    of order 2-20 grains/SCF at inlet
                             0.02 grains/SCF  at outlet
           Gas Velocity:    2.5 - 3.5 m/s at  inlet
                             18 m/s at outlet
               Humidity:    100% + droplets
                  Inlet:     2.5 m diameter.
     The water content of saturated air 9 50°C was approximately 45 grains/SCF,
and a  1°C change from 50°C altered the water  content by about 2.5 grains/SCF.
This means that any measurement technique would have to be highly isothermal
in order to avoid altering the raio of liquid to gaseous water, which would
result in a meaningless measurement.  Thus, any extractive technique would
not be feasible.  Two approaches to the problem were considered.  The first,
an in situ optical approach, was eliminated because a suitable optical
measuring device is not now commercially available.  The second approach was
droplet counting and sizing by means of a hot wire or hot film sensor.
                                    190

-------
     Hot wire sensors  have long been used in gas  flows and  in liquid flows
for velocity and  turbulence measurements.  It has more recently been verified
that hot-wire  sensors can be used in two-phase flows  (liquid droplets
dispersed  in a gas)  to measure droplet size.  Fortunately,  the droplet size
range in which the approach is practical  is also  the droplet size range of
interest for this specific problem.  As a droplet contacts  the heated wire,
it  is captured through surface tension forces and remains attached to the wire.
It  then evaporates, leaving the wire bare and "ready"  for the next droplet
impact.  The evaporation phase, for normal operating conditions, lasts from
one to ten milliseconds, according to the size of the  initial droplet.  The
wire  is heated  by means of an electric current to a specified temperature
above ambient.   When a droplet at ambient temperature  strikes the wire,
the increased heat transfer rate causes an increase in the  amount of
current  required to maintain the specified temperature (referred to as
overheat temperature).  The current increase is actually measured as a
voltage  increase.  The droplet impact produces a  voltage spike  (typical
 rise time to maximum voltage 0.1 msec),  with the voltage dropping back
 to its undisturbed value  as the droplet evaporates. This peak  height has
 been observed to be a linear function of the droplet diameter.
      The  KLD Model  DC-1  Droplet Counter  is  a commercial device  specifically
 designed  to use  a  hot-wire sensor  in  the manner  described above to measure
 "the size and concentration of water  droplets  present in the stream  of
 scrubbers."  It  does  have to  be used  conscientiously to get valid results,
 especially with  the higher gas velocity  of  the outlet.  Several comments,
 not in the operating  manual,  which could improve data follow:
      t  The instrument  output is  number  of  counts per unit time for  a
         specified  size  range.  This immediately  gives size distribution
         at the sampling point, but total  mass  loading also requires
         knowledge  of  the effective wire  capture  area, which is greater
         than the wire cross-sectional  area, and  is a function of particle
         size   This type of information  should be supplied by the manu-
         facturer.  Mass balance data  comparisons are probably the best
         way to check  the instrument data accuracy, and  droplet mass
         flow, rather  than size distribution,  is  needed  to  do mass balances.
      •  It is essential  that  sampling locations  be chosen  so that the
         local droplet velocities  are  in  the same direction as the local
         gas velocity, the local gas velocity direction  is  known or can
         be determined,  and the probe  can be accurately  aligned with the

                                   191

-------
        wire axis normal to the flow direction.   Alignment of the wire
        axis normal to droplet direction of motion  is  required for
        accurate, meaningful dataT

      •  When droplets evaporate, any solids will  be left  as a residue
        on  the wire.  In a scrubber, of course, significant solids
        content must be expected.  Any residue will  act as a thermal
        insulator and degrade the  accuracy of the data.   This means that:
        1)  run times should be kept short to minimize deposition;
        2)  the sensor should be properly cleaned between runs;  3) it
        must be realistically expected that there will be run-to-run
        calibration shifts.  These must be accounted for  both in opera-
        tion and data reduction.

      t  The factory should be consulted on how to get meaningful  data
        at  gas velocities as high  as 18 m/s, since  the instrument specs
        list a maximum gas velocity of 3 m/s.

      •  High droplet stratification levels must be  expected.   Data should
        be  acquired through sixteen-point traverses.

      Automating Control of Wet Scrubber Systems—  .

      As a result of a meeting of representatives  of  EPA,  TVA,  TRW, Bechtel
 Corporation and the University of  Cincinnati, all of whom are concerned
 with  measuring key process stream  parameters and  developing  control

 strategies  for wet limestone scrubbers, TRW investigated  the  following
 questions:

      •  Evaluate state of the art  on-line coal sulfur monitors.

      •  Investigate pH electrode systems which will withstand  on-line
        conditions in scrubber liquors. (This subtask resulted in  the
        issue of a task to study pH and chloride  electrode operation  in
        wet scrubbers.  A report of this work is  contained in  Task 62).

      t  Investigate non-conventional approaches to monitoring  a  variable
        which accurately reflects  pH.

      •  Conduct a literature survey for state of  the art  FGD  monitor  systems
        to  see what species are monitored by what methods.   Specifically,
        approaches to real  time monitoring of S in coal,  gas  flow, SO?,
        pH, COg,  505, SO^,  C1-, Mg+2 and Ca+2 sh0uld be considered.

2.22.4  Recommendations

     Recommendations were made in written reports on equipment and procedures

which would be best suited  to a particular sampling and analysis  problem.

     For trace element sampling and analyses, taking samples  with  the source
assessment stack  sampling (SASS) train and analyzing them by  inductively coupled

                                    192

-------
plasma optical emission  spectrometry  (ICPOES) will provide the best overall
performance and  be  the most  effective.  The MRI impactor provides the most
size information, but it is  limited in  sample size and does not collect
volatiles.
     At  this  time,  liquid aerosol  sampling at a mist eliminator is practical
only with the careful use of the KLD  Model DC-1 droplet Counter.
                                       193

-------
2.23  TASK 53  INPUT TO LEVEL 1 MANUAL REVISION
2.23.1  Objective
     This task was initiated in November 1977, to provide updated and
revised chapters on gas, vapor and particulate sampling, and inorganic
analysis (Chapters II, III, and VII).  These revised chapters were submitted
to Research Triangle Institute (RTI) to be incorporated into the upcoming
republication of the IERL-TRP Procedure Manual for Level 1 Environmental
Assessments.
2.23.2  Approach
      The revised chapters provided by TRW were the product of three primary
sources of methodology:
      1.  The current IERL-RTP Level 1 manual (EPA-600/2-76-160a)
      2.  Procedure modifications that have been compiled by RTI and
         approved by PMB
      3.  The detailed and complete Level 1 sampling and analysis pro-
         cedures manual produced by TRW for use on the Environmental
         Assessment of Conventional Combustion Sources (EACCS) project.
      The approach was to start with the current IERL-RTP manual, incorporate
the  approved modifications from RTI, and then flesh-out ambiguous and overly-
terse areas with diagrams and descriptions from the EACCS manual.
 2.23.3   Technical  Discussion
      The revised chapters submited under this task represented the best
currently available Level 1 methodology.  Specific tasks conducted on both
the  TLE and  EACCS projects examined and improved the inorganic analysis
procedures,  and the over 50 Level 1 source tests performed on the EACCS
project provided practical experience in dealing with the requirements and
realities of field testing.  These experiences in both the analytical and
sampling aspects of Level 1 methodolgoy had been integrated  into the  EACCS
procedures manual as they evolved.  With this task, these improvements have
also become  part of TRW's input to the revision of the  IERL-RTP  Level  1
manual.  For example, analytical studies have led to the development  of
                                   194

-------
the quartz-lined Parr bomb  procedure  and  significant refinements to the
Hg, As, and Sb procedures to  improve  sensitivities and counteract problems
encountered with the matrix of certain  types  of  Level 1 samples (e.g.  per-
oxide and persulfate impinger solutions).
2.23.4  Summary of  Results  and Recommendations
     The  revisions  of  Chapters II, III  and VII vere  submitted in March 1978
and  accepted  by  RTI for publication.   (The second edition of the manual
was  issued  in October  1978 as document number EPA-600/7-78-201, PB 293 795).
                                   195

-------
2.24  TASK 57  AT-SEA ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT STUDIES
     The objective of this task was to prepare portions of an environmental
impact statement for at-sea incineration of industrial  wastes documenting
the effects on the environment which could result from the adoption of
international standards regulating incineration at sea activities.
     The results of this effort were presented to the International
Maritime Consultative Organization at their June 1978 conference in London.
The final report was published in August.  Background information on
incineration at sea included a brief history of European and U. S. activities,
a projection of the type and quantities of U.S. wastes which might be
incinerated at sea, a summary of proposed actions for construction of a U.S.
incineration ship, and a listing of U.S. legislation and regulations for
controlling incineration at sea.
      In discussing the environmental impact of at-sea incineration of
organochlorine wastes, special attention is given to the problems of handling
hazardous wastes, i.e., potentially carcinogenic, mutagenic or teratogenic
substances, wastes containing metals and solid wastes.   Incinerator
efficiencies and incinerator flame temperatures observed in successful
burns on the M/T Vulcanus are also given.  Effects on the air quality and
water quality from emissions of HC1 , unburned wastes and metals are also
based on data obtained during actual burns on the M/T Vulcanus.
      Disposal of organochlorine wastes by at-sea incineration is expected to
have  only minimal socio-economic effects.  Included in the discussion were
specific impacts on beach and shoreline recreation, recreational uses of areas
containing the burn zone, demographic impact, economic impact, land use,
and required public services.
      Three alternatives to incineration at sea are reviewed:  secure landfills,
land-based incineration and waste  recovery by chlorolysis.  A section on
adverse environmental impacts which are unavoidable particularly points out
the risks of accidental spillage.   Finally the report  included a  statement
about the commitment of physical and biological  resources which is  irreversible
and irretrievable.
                                    196

-------
2.25   TASK 62  pH AND CHLORIDE SENSITIVE ELECTRODES
2.25.1   Objective

     The goal  of this study was to determine the applicability of chloride
and PH electrodes in automated control  systems.   Included  in this study was
a survey of chloride and pH electrode use in different flue gas desulfuri-
zation  (FGD) systems and an evaluation  test of an industrial pH electrode
system.
2.25.2   Approach
     The study incorporated a survey of 8 companies  utilizing pH and chloride
measurements.   The methodology and more important, the utility of the measur-
ements were evaluated.   When the utility of either electrode's measurements
was judged necessary for the majority of the surveyed companies, an
evaluation test of the  appropriate electrode was to  be planned.  The purpose
of the evaluation test  was to determine the applicability of the electrode(s)
in automated control system.  The criteria for evaluation were in the areas
of maintenance, maintenance schedule, accuracy,  precision, reliability,  and
durability.  Of these criteria maintenance was the most critical factor.
2.25.3   Technical Discussion
     Uses of Chloride and pH Measurements-
     Results of the 8 companies surveyed  are  presented in Tables 26 and  27.
The following paragraphs highlight the  most significant comments received.
     High chloride concentrations (as HC1) may cause internal FGD unit
corrosion.   Of the companies surveyed only two had reported high chloride
levels and made routine chloride measurements in the laboratory on grab
samples.as a part of the normal FGD unit maintenance schedule.  The integ-
ration of a chloride electrode into an  automated system is only necessary
where high chloride concentration is a  problem.   The applicability of the
electrode for automation may take two directions.  In one method, chloride
measurements are used as a warning device such that  operators are notified
of high  concentration levels and manual operations are used to correct
the situation.   The alternate approach  is to completely integrate chloride
measurements into an automated system such that  high concentrations will be
automatically  corrected by the control  devices.
                                    197

-------
                                       TABLE 26.   SURVEY OF FGD UNITS FOR pH MEASUREMENTS
UTILITY
1. Shawnee, EPA/TVA
Paducah, KY
2. Green River
Kentucky Utilities
3. Cane Run No. 3 & 4
Louisville Gas and
Electric
4. Bruce Mansfield
Pennsylvania Power
Company
5 Scholz Station
Gulf Power
(Southern Company
Services)
6. Sherburne County
Northern States Power
7. Col strip
Montana Power
8. Lawrence #4.
Kansas Power and
Light Company
KEY CONTACT
Gina Dallabetta
(415) 768-3567
S. V. Anderson
(502) 754-4541
Mary Pederson
(502) 566-4547
Tim Flora
(412) 643-5000
Randall E. Rush
(205) 870-6320
Wayne Salo
(612) 261-4100
Carl ton D. Grimm
(406) 723-5421
Kelly Green
(913) 296-6300
1 CHEMISTRY
OF
SCRUBBER
Limestone
Lime
Carbide-Lime
Lime
Dual Alkali
Sodium/ Calcium
Limestone
Ash
Limestone
COMMERICAL
pH MEASUREMENT
SYSTEM
Uniloc
No ultrasonic
cleaning
Uniloc
No ultrasonic
cleaning
Uniloc,
Leeds and Northrop
Ultrasonic
cleaning
Uniloc
No ultrasonic
cleaning
Uniloc
Leeds and Northrop
(Ultrasonic cleaning
on L&N in Reactor
only)
Uniloc
Ultrasonic cleaning
Electrofact (currently
being tested
Great Lakes
No ultrasonic
cleaning
Uniloc
ultrasonic cleaning
	 LOCATION 6f
pH ELECTBQDES &
pH VALUES
Inlet 5.5
Inlet 8-8.5
Middle 7.5-8
Outlet 5*5-7
Inlet 8-8.5
Middle , 7
Outlet >6~'
Discharge of
scrubber and
adsorber 7
Scrubber
Effluent 5.0-6.5
Reactor
Effluent 8.0-13.0
Outlet 4-6
Recycle 4.5-5.5
pump
discharge
Outlet 5-7
vo
CD
                                                                                                   (Continued)

-------
                                                TABLE 26. (Continued)
UTILITY
1. Shawnee, EPA/TVA
Paducah, KY
2. Green River
Kentucky Utilities
3. Cane Run
Louisville Gas and
Electric
4. Bruce Mansfield
Pennsylvania Power
Company
c Scholz Electric
3< Gulf Power
(Southern Company
Services)
6. Sherbourne County
Northern States
Power
7. Col strip
Montana Power
8. Lawrence #4.
Kansas Power and
Light Company
MAINTENANCE
3 times weekly
acid wash
Once a week
acid wash
Once a week
acid wash
3 times a week
acid wash
Once a week acid
wash or when
necessary, usually
less frequently
Once a week or
when necessary
acid wash
Once a week
acid wash
Less than once
a week
TYPE OF PROBLEMS
Scaling
No problems
Some type of scaling
With L&N less scaling
problem
No problems
Erosion of
electrodes
Coating on
electrodes (not
gypsum)
Erosion of
electrodes
Physical damage,
scaling
HOK pH DATA IS
EMPLOYED
Performance and
control scaling
Control scaling
General Operation
Control Scaling
Control or prevent
scaling - optimize
S0» scrubbing
Performance (not
critical to
operation)
Monitor chemical
corrosion & erosion
control relative
additive feed
Prevent scaling
Not used
AUTOMATED USE OF
pH ELECTRODES
NO
Yes - Control of
lime feed
Yes - Control Lime
feed
Yes - control lime
feed
No
No
No
Has automatic control
capabilities but not
used
10
vo

-------
          TABLE 27.  CHLORIDE ION MEASUREMENTS
Utilities
1. Shawnee Test Facility
EPA/TVA
Paducah, Kentucky
2. Green River Power
Station
Kentucky Utilities
3. Cane Run
Louisville Gas and
Electric
4. Bruce Mansfield
Pennsylvania Power
Co.
5. Scholz Station
Gulf Power
(Southern Co. ,
Services)
6. Sherburne County
Northern States
Power
Becker, Minnesota
7. Col strip
Montana Power Co.
8. Lawrence No. 4
Kansas Power and
Light Co.
Chemistry
Limestone
Lime
Carbine-
Lime
Lime
Dual-
Alkali
Sodium/
Calcium
Limestone
Ash
Limestone
Do You Take Cl"
Ion Measurements*
Yes
i
No
No
Yes-Grab samples
Yes
No
No
No
Reasons for
Sampling
Effect on pH i
measurement and
Cl" for corrosion


Cl" for corrosion
Cl" for corrosion



*The utilities which answered "No", in general, meant that their
 system was not affected by Cl~ to the extent that specific measurements
 had to be routinely performed.
                              200

-------
     Although  the  potential  exists for chloride electrode application in auto-
mated control  systems,  the limited interest of surveyed companies in chloride
measurements did not merit a pursuit of a chloride electrode  evaluation test.
          All  companies surveyed measured pH with a standard  non-self-cleaning
pH electrode.   The location of measurement points and the desired pH values
varied considerably.  Frequent acid washing of the electrode  is necessary to
remove the  hard scale which forms around the electrodes.   Even though
ultrasonic  cleaning shortens the electrode's life, three facilities have
resorted  to this technique for cleaning them.
     The  three lime scrubber sites, were the only sites that  utilized the pH
electrodes  for an automated control system.  This highlights  the fact that
lime has  a  much more consistent chemical composition than limestone.  A
system utilizing materials with consistent and predictable chemical
compositions is much easier to automate than a system with chemically incon-
sistent materials.  Thus, it is expected that automated lime  scrubbing
systems would be more prevalent than automated limestone systems.
      It was found that accurate pH measurement of slurry streams is very
 important for proper operation and prevention of scaling, corrosion and
erosion  in  an FGD unit.  Paramount to successful pH electrode operation is the
prevention  of residue buildup and erosion of the electrode, clearly the most
common  problems among the utilities.  The field evaluation test of a self
cleaning  and standard-type electrode was designed to solve these problems and
to evaluate the applicability of the electrode in an automated  system.
      Evaluation of  pH Electrode—
      In  this evaluation  both the self-cleaning Electrofact 135G/Z  electrode
and a  standard Uniloc pH electrode were tested.  Both electrodes were
 placed  in an external slurry pot fed from the venturi slurry stream at
 the Shawnee Test Facility.  A separate  line  was fed into the control
 room so  a grab sample could be taken and analyzed with a laboratory pH
meter.   Both meter  chart recorder  readings were obtained for the on-line
 electrodes.
      Regular calibrations and measurements were obtained over a period  of
576 hours;  however, the  two longest periods  of  continuous  operation were
only 214  and 140 hours.
                                    201

-------
     Evaluation of  the  pH electrode  test  data  revealed  the following facts:

          •  The accuracy and  precision of  the self-cleaning and standard type
            electrode  were  nearly identical during  the duration of the test.

          t  Scaling was a confirmed maintenance  problem with the standard-
            type electrode.

          t  Clogging of the screen  surrounding the  electrode was a maint-
            enance problem  with  the self-cleaning electrode used in slurry
            streams.

          •  The overall maintenance of both the  self-cleaning and standard
            type pH electrode during  continuous  periods of operation less than
            two weeks  were  equal in slurry streams.

          •  For continuous  periods  of operation  greater than two weeks in
            slurry streams, the  self-cleaning electrode required slightly
            less maintenance.

2.25.4  Recommendations

     The following  recommendations are made for the  application of chloride

and pH electrodes to automated control systems in F6D units (slurry streams):

     •  Chloride measurements  are not  necessary unless  FDD corrosion
        (high  chloride  values) is a  problem or accurate pH calculations
        are  required*

     t  For  continuous  periods of operation less  than two weeks the use
        of either the standard type  or self cleaning pH electrode is
        recommended.

     •  For  continuous  periods of operation greater  than two weeks, the
        self-cleaning electrode is recommended and should require less
        maintenance.

     •  If the self-cleaning pH electrode is selected,  the required main-
        tenance should  be  significantly reduced when the wire screen sur-
        rounding the electrode is removed or the  screen mesh size is
        increased.

     •  Additional  comparisons at different FGD sites.

     t  Longer,  uninterrupted  periods  of  comparison.
                                    202

-------
                                 SECTION  3
                               MINOR  TASKS

3.1  TASK 11  MASS  EMISSION MONITOR  DEMO
     This task was  concerned with  the  selection of a site to demonstrate
continuous flow measurement, gas sampling  hardware and methodology.   The
future objective was  to  verify adequacy  of hardware and procedures over a
long time period.   The NIPSCO facility In  Gary, Indiana, was selected as
the site for  the demonstration of  the  above activities.  The effort
Initiated In  this task was completed under Task 49.
3.2  TASK 16  MBS MEETING

     Under  this  task  a representative  of TRW  attended the symposia on
 "Methods and  Standards for Environmental Measurement."  Papers were  pre-
 sented in  the following  areas:
     •  Single and  multielement technique  development
     •  Physical  and chemical characterizations of  aerosols
     t  Organometallic sampling and analysis
     •  Laser sensing methods
     •  Environmental standards.
     Table 28 lists  the  individuals who presented papers  and the  subject
 area.
                                    203

-------
                            TABLE 28.  CURRENT RESEARCH  IN MEASUREMENTS OF INORGANIC SPECIES
            Name
         Address
     Current Research
    Potential Areas of
       TIE Interest
       Peter Pel la
PO
o
       Edward  Murray
      Mohammad  Fatemi
      R.T. Ku
      Peter Lott
 NBS
 Analytical Chemistry
 Division
 Washington, DC  20234
Stanford Research
Institute
333 Ravenwood Ave.
Menlo Park, Ca.  94035

NRL
4555 Overlook Avenue
Washington, DC  20375
MIT Lincoln Labs
244 Wood Street
Lexington, Ma.  02173

U. of Missouri
Chemistry Dept.
Kansas City, Mo.
The use of this film and
borate fusion powders are
being studied for use as
XRF standards.
Using differential absorp-
tion with NOg, S02, 03,
H20, HC&, H20, and CHy
were monitored.

Identification and quanti-
fication of asbestos fibers
using electrostatic align-
ment prior to XRD analysis.
Solid State lasers (PbSnTi)
used to measure CO over
1 kw

Particulate matter from Pb
smelters was identified
using XRD
The generation of known
particles and collection on
glassfiber filters as a
means of preparing XRF
standards for high volume
stack or ambient samplers.

The use of lasers to moni-
tor concentractions of HQ
and S03 (H2S04).
Sensitivity of XRD for
environmental compounds as
well as means of sample
preparation and standard
generation.

The use of lasers to moni-
tor in stack circumstances
of HCa, and $03 (H2S04).

Extending and quantifying
XRD analysis of environ-
mental samples to Hg, As,
and Cd compounds.
                                                                                              (Continued)

-------
                    TABLE  28.  (Continued)
          Name
                            Address
                                 Current Research
                                  Potential Areas  of
                                     TIE  Interest
     Robert Bramer
ro
o
(71
      Eris  Crecelius
Ronald Hurley
Eugene White
      Donald Reamer
      John GiIfrich
      Mortega
      Oanghorbani
                   U.  of S.  Florida
                   Dept. of  Chemistry
                   Tampa, Florida
                   Bettelle
                   Richland, Wa  99352
Materials Research Lab
Penn State U.
University Park, PA
16802

U. of Maryland
Dept. of Chemistry
College Park, Md.
                   NRL
                   Code 6481
                   Washington, DC
                    Environmental Trace
                    Substances Research
                    Center
                    Columbia, Mo. .
                            Using selective solid sup-
                            ports to sample organomer-
                            cury, arsenic and selenium
                            compounds.

                            Studied as  compounds
                            found in human urine
                            samples.
                                                     Sulfur forms  in  coal  using
                                                     XRF
Samp!i ng organometal1i c
compounds with solid
absorbants followed by GC/
microwave detection.

Sulfur valince state  using
a wavelength dispersive
XRF.
                            Extraction of trace ele-
                            ments in aqueous medis.
                              Using the solid supports
                              for sampling flue gas
                              streams.
 Discuss  the use of this
 modification to Bramer's
 techniques  applied to pro-
 cess water  streams.

 Application of  XRF analysis
 of sulfur forms to environ-
 mental samples


 Interferences to his  col-
 lection system, especially
 S02 and H2S
Application of wavelength
dispersive XRF to differen-
tiate between other ele-
ments and their anions.

Discuss the possible GC
quantification and identi-
fication of metal  ion
chelates, as well  as cur-
rent research at ETSRC.
                                                                                         (Continued)

-------
                      TABLE 28,(Continued)
            Name
         Address
     Current Research
    Potential Areas of
       TIE Interest
       Lee  Hanson
      John  Small
      R.  Stafford
ro
o
o>
      E.S. Etz
      Douglas Segar
      David Burrell
Thermochemical
Institute
Brigham Young U.
Provo, Utah  84602

NBS
Analytical Chemistry
Division
Washington, DC

Dept. of Engineering
& Applied Science
Yale U.
Becton Center
New Haven, Conn.  06520

NBS Analytical
Chemistry Division
Washington, DC 20234
NOAA
Code C61
Rockville, MD  20852
Institute of Marine
Science
U. of Alaska
Fairbanks, Alaska
99701
Thermometric titration of
sulfur compounds in envi-
ronmental samples
SEM-EDX of individual
particles
Laser Raman of suspended
ambient sulfate particles,
Laser Raman of individual
particles collected on
membrane filter.
Liquid chromatography
separation of organometal-
lic compounds followed by
flame!ess AAS

Reverse voltametric anal-
ysis of complex ions in
saline waters
Application of this
approach to complex samples
such as those attained from
process gas streams.

Sensitivity for compound
analysis and potential of
SEM selective area diffrac-
tion for compound analyses.

Application of this
approach to real time iden-
tification of stack efflu-
ent particles.
Application of this
approach to material col-
lected in the cyclones on
filters of a SASS train.

Extension of this technique
to complex wast streams.
Application to process
streams where organic might
be present.
                                                                                            (Continued)

-------
     Name
                TABLE 28. (Continued)
         Address
     Current Research
    Potential Areas of
       TIE Interest
Richard Dinst
Gary Gravatt
NBS
Analytical Chemistry
Divison
Washington, D.C.

NBS
Analytical Chemistry
Division
Washington, D.C.
Anodic stripping yoltametry
to determine cadmium speci-
ation in natural waters.
Differential light scatter-
ing of polarized light
Extension of ASV to process
stream waters.
Development of a 'liquid
aerosol counter capable of
discrimination between dry
and liquid aerosols in the
same stream.

-------
3.3  TASK 28  SASS - S02 TESTS
     The objective of this task was to determine if the SASS train
condensation module can be used to collect H2S04 while avoiding a large
positive error due to SCL oxidation in either gas or liquid phases.  The
results of this task were:
     t   S02 (SO) oxidation to S03 (SO   ranges from 0.05-0.9 percent.
     t   The above range makes a prediction of the expected background
         level of SO^ difficult.
     The following recommendations were made as a result of this task:
     •   Further tests should be run to measure the S02 oxidation rate to
         develop a statistical base for predicting the potential $03
         interference.
     t   Evaluations should be made of the effect of storage and analysis
         procedures on the SO^/SO^ ratio.
3.4  TASK 29  S03 MEASUREMENT PRESENTATION
     The objective of this task was to present to IERL contractors the
methodology developed by TRW to measure H2S04 in particle laden flue gas
streams.  On  February 22, 1977 the proposed quality assurance program for
the  H2SO^ measurements at the Shawnee FCD Test Facility was reviewed by
Bob  Statnick  (IERL) and Frank Smith (RTI).  On February 23, 1977, TRW gave
two  presentations on the ^$04 measurement methodology concerning:
     1.  The  use of the controlled condensation procedure in the field.
     2.  The  presentation of the laboratory data from Task 13.
3.5  TASK 33  DENVER X-RAY MEETING
     Under this task TRW representative attended the Denver Symposium on
"Applications of X-Ray to Environmental and Occupational Health Analyses".
The Symposium was sponsored by the Denver Research Institute, University of
Denver and Phillips Electronic Instruments.  Papers were presented on the
following instrumental methods of analysis:
     •  X-Ray Diffraction
     •  Electron Microprobe
     •  Electron Microscopy
Table 29 lists the individuals who presented papers and the subject area.
                                   208

-------
                         TABLE  29.  CURRENT RESEARCH  IN  APPLICATIONS OF X-RAY TO ENVIRONMENTAL
                                    AND OCCUPATIONAL  HEALTH  ANALYSES
            Name
                                      Address
                                                Current Research
ro
o
10
J. Crouse


Phillip Cook


George Wadler


Kurt Heinrich


John Armstrong



Ed Peters


Ian Steward

Phil Russel


Bernard Harris
                                    Colorado School of Mine
                                    Environmental Research
                                    Laboratory

                                    Amoco Steel
                                    NBS
University of Arizona
                                    ADL
                                    McCrane Associates

                                    Denver Research
                                    Institute

                                    Battelle Columbus
                                    Laboratory
                                       XRD  analysis of asbestos impurities
                                       found  in  talc

                                       XRD  to monitor  asbestos  in  air
 XRD  analysis  of various  silicon
 phases

 Electron microprobe analysis as a
 qualitative technique

 Electron microprobe techniques  for
 determination of fly ash composi-
 tion

 Transmission electron microscopy
 analysis on asbestos

Asbestos in various tissues

TEM and SEM analysis of smog
                                      X-ray fluorescence techniques for
                                      total  sulfur  in natural and trented
                                      coal.

-------
3.6  TASK 44  PARTICULATE MEASUREMENT MEETING
     Under this task a TRW representative attended the  "Symposium on  High
Temperature, High Pressure Particulate Control".  The Symposium was spon-
sored by EPA/DOE and was held in Washington D.C. on September 20  and  21,
1977.  TRW's past experience most closely relates to the  presentations
given in Session IV:  Particle Sampling and Measurement.  TRW has built an
extractive particle/slag sampling system for use in a high pressure coal
 combustor, and  informal exchanges of information took place  with  Aerotherm
 engineers who  have  been working  in  the same area.  With regard to
 particulate  control  technology,  it  was made clear that  while there are
 various  proposed techniques, none are yet fully proven  and operational.
 3.7   TASK 45  SASS  TRAIN THERMAL CONTROL ALTERNATE
     The objective of this task was to  determine an  alternate thermal
control system for the Source Assessment Sampling System (SASS)  presently
being manufactured by Aerotherm Corporation,  Mountain View,  California.
This sampling system is utilized in EPA Level  1  Environmental Assessment.
The results of this task were:
     t  A thermodynamic analysis of the thermal  control  system was
        performed to determine the requirement of the system under
        normal  and/or extreme operating conditions.
     •  The optimum system for the alternative design was  composed
        of two immersion coolers which  would  be used with  the existing
        cooling bath.
     •  Total cost for the modification to the system would be $1040.
3.8  TASK 46  STEPWISE ARSENIC PROCESS

     The  objective  of this  task was to  evaluate a proposed Level  1 arsenic
procedure based on  atomic  absorption spectrometry in terms of its accuracy,
precision,  percentage recovery, efficiency of usage.   The  results of the
evaluation were:
                                   210

-------
     1.   For  quantification, measuring the area under the absorbance
          peak is more reliable than measuring peak height.
     2.   Sodium borohydrate reduces arsenic to arsine more effectively
          than stannous chloride - zinc slurry (25% better response).
     3.   Stepwise arsenic procedure had a precision of less than  5%
          (Level 1).
     4.   A relative error of 11 percent was obtained when analyzing  a
          NBS  coal fly ash standard.
     5.   Greater than 85% of the arsenic added to each Level  1  sample
          matrix was recovered.
3.9  TASK 54   FATE OF PCB's  IN ROLLINS ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES PLANT FIRE
      The objective of this  study was  to investigate the fate of polych-
 lorinated biphenyl compounds  (PCB's)  that were stored in a tank farm at a
 chemical disposal site when a catastrophic fire struck the facility  in
 December 1977.   The  PCB's were selected for study because they  are not only
 toxic and environmentally long lived, but they may also serve as  precursors
 for the formation of new compounds which are even more toxic.  This  study
 attempts to define what new products  may have been formed under the  conditions
 that existed at  the  time of the accident.
      Two compounds of particular concern that may have been formed are the
 polychlorinated  dibenzofurans and the polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins.  Both
 of these compounds are highly toxic when partially chlorinated.  Oioxins have
 been shown to  have pronounced fetotoxic and some teratogenic effects even in
 the absence of any noticeable acute toxicity.
                19                    1    10      9
               ^

           3 L'  /I    JJ sV            all   A     I!  J7
                 Dibenzofuran                  Dibenzo-p-dioxin
      The formation of  polycyclic  aromatic  hydrocarbons (PAH's) from PCB's
 also is a concern because  they are  known carcinogens.  PAH formation is
 favorable under pyrolysis  (no  oxidizing species present) and oxygen deficient
 conditions which were  expected to have existed as a result of the fire.
                                     211

-------
     The study was divided into three major elements of activity.  The first
activity was dedicated to the definition of the probable conditions to which
the PCB's were exposed.  The second activity addressed the question of what
new products could be formed given the conditions that were defined in the
first activity.  The approach employed to define the new products was to
allow the PCB's to react with the simple radical species likely to exist in
combustion processes.  Particular emphasis was placed on the formation of
dibenzofurans and dibenzo-p-dioxins.  Part of this activity was also directed
to a definition of how the PCB's and reaction products may have been dispersed
in the environment during the accident.  The last activity summarized results
of commercial scale incineration of PCB materials for comparison to the
results of this study.
     This study concluded that under certain  conditions  polychlorinated
biphenyl  compounds may serve as precursors  for  the  formation  of other  environ-
mentally undesirable compounds.   The most probable  class of compounds  formed
are dibenzofurans.  The reaction pathways to  these  compounds  seemed to be
favorable under oxygen deficient combustions  and low temperature.   Conversely,
it seems improbable that dibenzo-p-dioxins  are  formed under similar
conditions.   If dibenzo-p-dioxins were to be  formed, they would come from
the dibenzofurans that are initially generated  from the  PCB's.   Formation
Of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) is  possible via pyrolysis of PCB's.
in oxygen deficient conditions that could have  existed in the Rollins  fire.
3.10  TASK 58  WORKSHOP PRESENTATION
     The Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory, EPA/RTP, sponsored a
workshop on Measurement Technology and Characterization of Primary Sulfur
Oxides Emission from Combustion Sources in North Carolina during
April 1978.  The  objectives were 1) to review and discuss current
measurement methods and problem areas for sulfur oxide emissions with
attention focused on sulfuric acid, sulfates and sulfur-bearing particulate
matter; 2) to review and discuss emission data based on application of
these methods to  various combustion sources under different operating
conditions; and 3) to delineate and recommend areas  in need of further
research and development.  Dr. R. F. Maddalone presented a paper,
"Sulfur Emissions Sampling and Analysis," detailing  work techniques
for sampling and analyzing S02, H2S04 and particulate sulfate  emissions
from flue gas desulfurization units.
                                   212

-------
                                  SECTION 4
                                REPORTS ISSUED
Task 1.

     Hamersma,  J.  VI., S. L. Reynolds, and R. F. Maddalone.   IERL-RTP
Procedures Manual:  Level  1 Environmental Assessment.   EPA-600/2-76-160a,
June,  1976.
Task 2.
     Maddalone  R.  F.,  A.  Grant, D. Luciani, and C.  Zee.   Procedures for
Aerosol Sizing  and S03 Vapor Measurements at TVA Shawnee  Test Facility.
EPA-600/7-79-152,  July, 1979.
Task 5.
     Zee,  C.  A.,  D.  6.  Ackerman, J.  F.  Clausen,  M.  L.  Kraft, and S. L.
Reynolds.   Draft  Report.   Evaluation of the SASS Train and Level 1
Sampling and  Analysis Procedures Manual.  Prepared  for U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency under Contract No. 68-02-2165, Research Triangle Park,
No.  Carolina, 1976.
Task 7.
     Maddalone,  R.  F., L. E. Ryan, R. Delumyea,  and  M.  M.  Yamada.  Technical
Manual  for  Level  2  Inorganic Compound Analysis.   EPA 600/2-79-200,
November, 1979.
Task 8.
     Beimer,  R.  G., H. E. Green, and J. R. Benson.   EPA/IERL-RTP Procedures
Manual:   Level  2, Sampling and Analysis of Selected Reduced  Inorganic
Compounds.   EPA-600/2-79-199, November, 1979.
Task  9.
     Brooks,  E.  F., and C. H. Clendening.  Assessment of Instrumentation
for Monitoring Coal Flow rate and Composition.  EPA-600/7-79-196,
August,  1979.
                                    213

-------
Task 10.
     Hamersma, J. W., and M. L. Kraft.  Coal Sulfur Measurements.
EPA-600/7-79-150, July, 1979.
Task 12.
     Brooks, E. F., N. Gat, M. E. Taylor, T. E. Chamberlain, R. J. Golik,
and R. Watson.  Development Study of a Novel Continuous-Flow Impactor,
EPA-600/7-80-014, January, 1980.
Task 13.
     Maddalone, R. F. and N. Garner.  Process Measurement Procedures:
H2S04 Emissions.  EPA-600/7-79-156, July, 1979.
Task 14.
     Reynolds, S. L., D. G. Ackerman, J. F. Clausen, M. L. Kraft, and
 C. A.  Zee. Draft Report, SASS Train and Level 1 Procedures Evaluation.
 Prepared for the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency under Contract No.
 68-02-2165, Research Triangle Park, No. Carolina, 1976.
 Task 22.
     Lutz, S. J., R. C. Christman, B. C. McCoy, S. W. Mulligan, and
 K. M.  Slimak. Evaluation of Dry Sorbents and Fabric Filtration for FGD.
 EPA-600/7-79-005, January, 1979.
 Task 26.                                                              '''
     Brooks, E. F.. Total Particulate Mass Emission Sampling Errors.
 EPA-600/7-79-155, July, 1979.
 Task 32.
     Kraft, M. L., and L. E. Ryan, Letter Reports:
     1.  "Problems and Deficiencies/Level 1 Environmental Assessment
         Procedures," April 15, 1977
     2.  "Parr Bomb Combustion Procedures," May 6, 1977.
     3.  "Step-Wise Antimony, Mercury and Arsenic Procedures," June 3,
         1977.
     4.  "Effecting the Recovery of As and Hg from Level 1  Impinger
         Solutions," July, 1977.
                                    214

-------
Task 36.
     Reynolds,  S.  L., and L. E. Ryan, Draft Report.  Inorganic MEG
Compounds and  Level  1 Assessment Detection Capability.   Prepared  for  U. S.
Environmental  Protection Agency under Contract No. 68-02-2165, Research
Triangle  Park,  No. Carolina, 1977.
Task 45.
      Knight,  B.  A.  Alternative SASS Train Thermal  Control  System.
Prepared  for  U.  S. Environmental Protection Agency under Contract No.
68-02-2165,  Research Triangle Park, No. Carolina, 1977.
Task  46.
      Yu,  C.  L.,  Draft Report.  Atomic Absorption Analysis of Arsenic for
Level  1.   Prepared for U. S. Environmental Protection  Agency under Contract
No- 68-02-2165,  Research Triangle Park, No. Carolina,  1978.
Task  47.
      Knight,  B.  A., E. F. Brooks, and R.  F. Maddalone.   Development of an
Automatic Sulfur Trioxide Monitor.   EPA-600/7-79-153,  July, 1979.
Task  48.
      Acciani, T. R., and R.  F.  Maddalone.   Chemical  Analysis of Wet Scrubbers
Utilizing Ion Chromatography.  Prepared for U.  S.  Environmental Protection
Agency under  Contract No. 68-02-2165, Research  Triangle  Park,
No. Carolina, 1978.
Task  49.
     Brooks,  E.  F.   Field Demonstration of High Accuracy  Continuous Flow
and  Gas  Composition Methodology (Draft) prepared for EPA  under Contract
68-02-2165,  RTP, July, 1979.
Task 51.
     Acciani,  T.  R.  and R. F. Maddalone.  Particle Sizing  and  Trace
Elements Analysis Approaches.  Prepared for U.  S.  Environmental  Portection
Agency under  Contract No.  68-02-2165, Research  Triangle  Park,  No.  Carolina,
1978.
                                     215

-------
Task 53.
     Zee, C. A.; Hamersma, J. W.; Maddalone, R. F.; Ung, C. Y.; TRW
Input to Level 1 Manual Revisions - Chapters II, III, and VII.  Prepared
for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency under Contract No. 68-02-2165,
Research Triangle Park, No. Carolina, 1978.
Task 54.
     O'Rell, M. K. Fate of PCB's in Rollins Environmental Services Plant
Fire.  Prepared for U. S. Environmental Protection Agency under
Contract No. 68-02-2165, Research Triangle Park, No. Carolina, 1978.
Task 57.
     Fisher, H. J. At-Sea Incineration of Organochlorine Wastes:
Environmental Aspects and Impacts of Adopting International Regulatory
Standards, Prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency under
Contract No. 68-02-2165, Research Triangle Park, No. Carolina, 1978.
Task 62,
     Ung, C. Y., T. R. Acciani and R. F. MaddaTone,  pH and Chloride
Sensitive Electrodes.  EPA 600/2-79-202, November, 1979.
                                   216

-------
                              SECTION 5

                              REFERENCES
1.    "Status of Ocean  Incineration  of Organic Chlorides Aboard
      Matthias III as of  29  June  1976," TRW Report. EPA Con-
      tract 68-01-2966.

2.    "Status of Ocean  Incineration  of Organic Chloride Aboard
      Matthias III as of  3 September 1976," dated November 12,
      1976, EPA Contract  68-02-2165.

3.    "At-Sea  Incineration of Organochlorine Wastes Onboard the
      M/T  Vulcanus," dated September 1977, EPA-600/2-77-196.

4.     "Rationale  for Annex A to Suggested Special Provisions for
       Control  of  Incineration at Sea,"  dated  18  February 1977,
       TRW Report  on EPA Contract 68-02-2165.

5.     Bramen, R.  S., Justin, L. L.  and Forebeck, C.  C. ,  "Direct
       Volatilization-Spectral Emission Type Detector System for
       Nanogram Amounts of As and Sb". Anal.  Chem. .  44,  2195 (1972).

6.     Estep, P.  A., Kovach, J. J., Waldstien,  P. and Karr,  C., "Infrared
       and Raman Spectroscopic Studies of Structural  Variations in
       Minerals from Apollo 11, 12,  14,  and 15 Samples,"  Geochimica Et
       Cosmochimica Acta, 3. 3047 (1972).

7.     Lunsford,  J. H. , "Structure and Reactivity of  Absorbed Oxides of
       Sulfur," Dept. of Chemistry Texas A&M,  PB-245-046, August 1974.

8.     Miller, F.  A. and Wilkins, C.H.,  "Infrared Spectra and Character-
       istic Frequencies of Inorganic Ions." Anal. Chem.. 24_(8), 1253
       (1252).

g     Miller, F.  A.  and Wilkins, C.  H.,  Bentley, F.  F. and  Jones, W. H.,
       "Infrared Spectra of Inorganic Ions in  the Cesium  Bromide Region
       (700-300cm-i)," Spectrochimica Acta.  16, 135-235  (1960).

in     Kolthoff,  I. M.,  Laitinen, H.  A.  and Lingane,  J. J., jL Anu Chem.
       Soc^., 59,  429 (1937).

n     Bramen, R.  S., and Johnson, D. L.,  "Selective  Absorption Tubes and
   '    Emission Technique for Determination of Ambient Forms of Mercury
       in Air," Environ. Scj. Technol . . 8, 996  (1974).
                                                              THox1de
                                 217

-------
14.  American Society of Testing Materials, Part 26, ASTM Method
     D3226-73T, 1974.

15.  E. S. Lisle and J. D. Sensenbaugh, "The Determination of Sulfur
     Trioxide and Acid Dew Point in Flue Gases", Combustion, 3j>, 12
     (1965).

16.  J. N. Driscol and A. W. Berger, "Improved Chemical Methods for
     Sampling and Analysis of Gaseous Pollutants from Combustion of
     Fossil Fuels.  Volume I, Sulfur Oxides", Wai den Research
     Corporation, PB 209-267, June, 1971.
                               218

-------
 J^PA-600/2- 79-201
4. TITLE ANBTUBTITLE
Sampling and Analysis of Reduced and Oxidized
 Species in Process Streams—Final Report

7. AUTHOR(S)
R. F. Maddalone, L. L. Scinto,  and M. M. Yamada

9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
TRW Defense and Space Systems  Group
One Space Park
Redondo Beach, California  90278
                                TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                         (Please read Instructions on the reverse before completing)
            3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.


            5. REPORT DATE
             November 1979
            6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE



            8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT MO
            10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.

            INE624	
             . CONTRACT/GRANT NO.'
            68-02-2165, Task 221
            GENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
 EPA, Office of Research and Development
 Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
 Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
                                                          OF
                                                                    PERIOD COVERED
            4. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
             EPA/600/13
,5. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES j.ERL-RTP project officer is Frank E. Briden, Mail Drop 62, 919/
541-2557.
16. ABSTRACT
          The report gives results of a program of over 60 tasks involving the eval-
uation, development, testing, and field adaptation of measurement techniques for
elemental analysis and inorganic compound identification in process and effluent
streams. Procedures for particulate sampling at the inlet and outlet of FGD systems
were developed. Methods for H2SO4 sampling in flue gas streams were developed
based on the controlled condensation of H2SO4  vapor (a manual procedure was used
as the basis for an automated H2SO4 monitoring instrument that was built and tes-
ted). Two procedure manuals were written for reduced and oxidized inorganic spe-
cies. The reduced species manual detailed GC and GC/MS procedures for identifying
organometallic compounds as well as homologous series such as RSH and RNH. The
oxidized species were identified using an integrated series of analytical methods such
as AAS  ICAP  XRD  FTIR,  ESCA, and SEM-EDX. The procedures developed,
applied'to samples from  several EPA programs, showed that the analysis scheme is
applicable to most solid samples from combustion sources.  Ion chromatographic
procedures were also developed for analyzing FGD system slurry streams  The use
of PH and chloride electrodes for controlling FGD systems was investigated.  The
methodology for coal flow monitors  was reviewed.	,
                             KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
 Pollution
 Sampling
 Analyzing
 Measurement
 Inorganic Compounds
 Reduction (Chemistry)

 3 /DISTRIBUTION STA I bMbN l"

 Release to Public

          '•
EPA Form 2220-1
                DESCRIPTORS
                    Oxidation
                    Industrial Processes
                    Aerosols
b.lDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
Pollution Control
Stationary Sources
Particulate
                                         19. SECURITY CLASS (ThisReport)
                                         Unclassified
                                         20 SECURITY CLASS (Thispage)
                                         Unclassified
c. COSATl Field/Group
I3F
14B      13H
         11G
         07D
07B
                       21. NO. OF PAGES
                           219
                                                                22. PRICE

-------